![Nissan Note — процедура замены топливных инжекторов и настройки ЭБУ [1627/1872]](/img/pdf.png)
Nissan Note — процедура замены топливных инжекторов и настройки ЭБУ [1627/1872]
Превью страниц
Страница 1627 /
1872
![Nissan Note [1627/1872] Replacing fuel injectors](/views2/1789812/page1627/bg65b.png)
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
EC-1627
[K9K]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
EC
● Check the injector adjustment value using “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
● After replacing ECM, enter each injector adjustment value using “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
● Also set the system configuration using “CONFIGURATION” mode with CONSULT-II.
Replacing Fuel Injectors
BBS004U0
NOTE:
Injector adjustment value is a factory calibration carried out on each fuel injector to adjust the flow of
each one precisely, taking into account differences in manufacture.
The injector adjustment values are written on a label affixed to each fuel injector then entered in the ECM
which can then control each fuel injector by taking account of their differences in manufacture.
The system can be programmed “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
The injector adjustment values (16 digit code) must be replaced after replacing a fuel injector.
● Entering each injector adjustment value, when replacing the ECM.
Содержание
9427- Engine control system
- B engine
- Sectio
- Contents
- Cr without euro obd
- Hr with euro obd
- Hr without euro obd
- K9k engine
- How to check vehicle type
- Cr engine and hr engine
- Confirm k9k engine type with model written on the identification plate refe to gi 45 identifica tion information then refer to service information in ec section
- Check the euro obd e obd discrimination of the vehicle refer to gi 45 identification informa tion to confirm the service information in ec section
- Application notice
- Dtc no index
- Index for dtc
- If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 137 dtc u1010 can communication
- If dtc u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 134 dtc u1001 can communication line
- Cr with euro obd
- Index for dtc
- Cr with euro obd
- Index for dtc
- If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 137 dtc u1010 can communication
- If dtc u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 134 dtc u1001 can communication line
- Cr with euro obd
- Alphabetical index
- Index for dtc
- Cr with euro obd
- Rhd models
- Precautions for supplemental restraint system srs air bag and seat belt pre tensioner
- Precautions for procedures without cowl top cover
- Precautions
- On board diagnostic obd system of engine
- Maintenance information
- Lhd models
- Cr with euro obd
- Cr with euro obd
- Precautions
- Precaution
- Precautions
- Cr with euro obd
- Precautions
- Cr with euro obd
- Precautions
- Cr with euro obd
- Special service tools
- Preparation
- Cr with euro obd
- Preparation
- Cr with euro obd
- Commercial service tools
- Engine control system
- Cr with euro obd
- System diagram
- When starting the engine
- Various fuel injection increase decrease compensation
- The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ecm the ecm controls the length of time the valve remains open injection pulse duration the amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ecm memory the program value is preset by engine operating conditions these conditions are determined by input signals for engine speed and intake air volume from the crankshaft position sensor pos camshaft position sensor phase and the manifold absolute pressure sensor
- System description
- Multiport fuel injection mfi system
- Mixture ratio feedback control closed loop control
- Input output signal chart
- Hot engine operation
- Engine control system
- During warm up
- During high engine speed operation
- During deceleration
- During acceleration
- Cr with euro obd
- Cr with euro obd
- Sequential multiport fuel injection system
- Open loop control
- Mixture ratio self learning control
- Fuel injection timing
- Engine control system
- Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle in other words pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ecm the four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle this system is used when the engine is being started and or if the fail safe system cpu is operating
- Fuel cut control at no load and high engine speed
- Firing order 1 3 4 2 the ignition timing is controlled by the ecm to maintain the best air fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine the ignition timing data is stored in the ecm the ecm receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal comput ing this information ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor during the following conditions the ignition timing is revised by the ecm according to the other data stored in the ecm
- Engine control system
- Electronic ignition ei system
- During warm up
- During acceleration the knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies the basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti knocking zone if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions the retard system does not operate under normal driving conditions if engine knocking occurs the knock sensor monitors the condition the signal is transmitted to the ecm the ecm retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition
- Cr with euro obd
- At starting
- At low battery voltage
- At idle
- System description
- Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system
- Input output signal chart
- Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or operation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds
- Fuel shut off
- System description
- If the engine speed is above 2 500 rpm with no load for example the shift position is neutral and engine speed is over 2 500 rpm fuel will be cut off after some time the exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 2 000 rpm then fuel cut is cancelled note this function is different from deceleration control listed under ec 34 multiport fuel injection mfi system
- Engine control system
- Cr with euro obd
- When cranking the engine
- This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used under the following conditions the air conditioner is turned off
- System description
- Input output signal chart
- Cr with euro obd
- At high engine speeds
- Air conditioning cut control
- When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high
- When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed
- When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high
- When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed
- When engine speed is excessively low
- System description
- Cr with euro obd
- Can controller area network is a serial communication line for real time application it is an on vehicle mul tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability many elec tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation not independent in can communication control units are connected with 2 communication lines can h line can l line allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring each control unit transmits receives data but selectively reads required data only refer to lan 21 can communication about can communication for detail
- Can communication
- System description
- Evaporative emission system
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- Evaporative emission system
- Evaporative emission line drawing
- Cr with euro obd
- Evaporative emission system
- Cr with euro obd
- Fuel tank vacuum relief valve built into fuel filler cap
- Fuel check valve
- Evaporative emission system
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Evap canister
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Nats nissan anti theft system
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- Pcv positive crankcase ventilation valve
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- System description
- Positive crankcase ventilation
- Positive crankcase ventilation
- Pcv valve ventilation hose
- Cr with euro obd
- When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm can not warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is a malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system has malfunction and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function
- Two trip detection logic
- The trip in the two trip detection logic means a driving mode in which self diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ecm to light up or blink the mi and store dtc and freeze frame data even in the 1st trip as shown below
- The malfunction indicator mi on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips two trip detection logic or when the ecm enters fail safe mode refer to ec 81
- The ecm has an on board diagnostic system which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua tors the ecm also records various emission related diagnostic information including
- The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Introduction
- Cr with euro obd
- Emission related diagnostic information
- Cr with euro obd
- The fail safe function also operate when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Emission related diagnostic information items
- The 1st trip dtc whose number is the same as the dtc number is displayed for the latest self diagnostic result obtained if the ecm memory was cleared previously and the 1st trip dtc did not reoccur the 1st trip dtc will not be displayed if a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip the 1st trip dtc is stored in the ecm memory the mi will not light up two trip detection logic if the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip meeting the required driving pattern the 1st trip dtc is cleared from the ecm memory if the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip both the 1st trip dtc and dtc are stored in the ecm memory and the mi lights up in other words the dtc is stored in the ecm memory and the mi lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec utive trips if a 1st trip dtc is stored and a non diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd trips only the 1st trip dtc will continue to be stored for malfunctions that blink or light up the mi during the 1st tr
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Dtc and 1st trip dtc
- Cr with euro obd
- On board diagnostic obd system
- How to read dtc and 1st trip dtc
- Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data
- Cr with euro obd
- System readiness test srt code
- Srt item
- On board diagnostic obd system
- For example the egr malfunction priority 2 was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd trip after that when the misfire priority 1 is detected in another trip the freeze frame data will be updated from the egr malfunction to the misfire the 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal function is detected there is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data however once freeze frame data is stored in the ecm memory 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored because only one freeze frame data or 1st trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ecm if freeze frame data is stored in the ecm memory and freeze frame data with the same priority occurs later the first original freeze frame data remains unchanged in the ecm memory both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data along with the dtcs are cleared when the ecm mem ory is erased procedures for clearing the ecm memory are described in ec 57 how to erase emis sion related diagnostic information
- Cr with euro obd
- The table below shows required self diagnostic items to set the srt to cmplt
- System readiness test srt code is specified in service 01 of iso 15031 5 as part of an enhanced emissions test for inspection maintenance i m certain states require the status of srt be used to indicate whether the ecm has completed self diagnosis of major emission systems and com ponents completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed if a vehicle is rejected for a state emissions inspection due to one or more srt items indicating incmp use the information in this service manual to set the srt to cmplt in most cases the ecm will automatically complete its self diagnosis cycle during normal usage and the srt status will indicate cmplt for each application system once set as cmplt the srt status remains cmplt until the self diagnosis memory is erased occasionally certain portions of the self diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer s normal driving pattern the srt will indicate incmp for these items note the srt will also indicate inc
- When during srt driving pattern 1st trip dtc ng is detected prior to cmplt of srt the self diagno sis memory must be erased from ecm after repair
- When all srt related self diagnoses showed ok results in a single cycle ignition off on off the srt will indicate cmplt case 1 above when all srt related self diagnoses showed ok results through several different cycles the srt will indicate cmplt at the time the respective self diagnoses have at least one ok result case 2 above if one or more srt related self diagnoses showed ng results in 2 consecutive cycles the srt will also indi cate cmplt case 3 above the table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting srt as incmp is one 1 for each self diagnosis case 1 2 or two 2 for one of self diagnoses case 3 however in preparation for the state emissions inspection it is unnecessary for each self diagnosis to be executed twice case 3 for the following reasons
- The srt will indicate cmplt at the time the respective self diagnoses have one 1 ok result
- The emissions inspection requires cmplt of the srt only with ok self diagnosis results
- Srt set timing
- Srt is set as cmplt after self diagnosis has been performed one or more times completion of srt is done regardless of whether the result is ok or ng the set timing is different between ok and ng results and is shown in the table below
- On board diagnostic obd system
- If the 1st trip dtc is erased all the srt will indicate incmp note srt can be set as cmplt together with the dtc s therefore dtc check must always be carried out prior to the state emission inspection even though the srt indicates cmplt
- Cr with euro obd
- Srt service procedure
- On board diagnostic obd system
- If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more srt items indicating incmp review the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page
- Cr with euro obd
- Cr with euro obd
- On board diagnostic obd system
- How to set srt code
- How to display srt code
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Driving pattern
- Cr with euro obd
- The following is the information specified in service 06 of iso 15031 5 the test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system circuit diagnostic test is ok or ng while being monitored by the ecm during self diagnosis the test limit is a reference value which is specified as the maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored these data test value and test limit are specified by test id tid and component id cid and can be dis played on the gst screen
- The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70 c 158 f where the voltage between the ecm terminal 72 and ground is lower than 1 v pattern 2
- The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of 10 to 35 c 14 to 95 f where the voltage between the ecm terminal 72 and ground is 3 4 v
- Test value and test limit gst only not applicable to consult ii
- Sea level
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Flat road
- Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions under different conditions for example ambient air temperature other than 20 30 c 68 86 f diag nosis may also be performed pattern 1
- Cr with euro obd
- Ambient air temperature 20 30 c 68 86 f
- When steady state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted each diagnosis can be con ducted in this case the time required for diagnosis may be extended 1 depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km h 56 mph then release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km h 56 mph again 2 checking the vehicle speed with gst is advised
- The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions weather altitude individual driv ing habits etc zone a refers to the range where the time required for the diagnosis under normal conditions is the shortest zone b refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within zone a normal conditions refer to the following
- On board diagnostic obd system
- How to erase emission related diagnostic information how to erase dtc
- Cr with euro obd
- When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm can not warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system has a malfunction and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operate when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the a malfunction
- The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions
- The mi is located on the instrument panel 1 the mi will light up when the ignition switch is turned on without the engine running this is a bulb check if the mi does not light up refer to di 32 warning lamps or see ec 448 2 when the engine is started the mi should go off if the mi remains on the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction
- On board diagnostic system function
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Malfunction indicator mi
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results
- Diagnostic test mode i bulb check
- Cr with euro obd
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Mi flashing without dtc
- How to switch diagnostic test mode
- How to set diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results
- How to set diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor
- On board diagnostic obd system
- How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results
- Diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results
- Diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor
- Diagnostic test mode i malfunction warning
- Cr with euro obd
- Summary chart
- Relationship between mi 1st trip dtc dtc and detectable items
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Obd system operation chart
- Cr with euro obd
- When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips the dtc and the freeze frame data are stored in the ecm memory and the mi will come on for details refer to ec 47 two trip detection logic
- When a malfunction is detected for the first time the 1st trip dtc and the 1st trip freeze frame data are stored in the ecm memory
- To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function start engine in the diagnostic test mode ii and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge next run engine at about 2 000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load conditions then make sure that the mi comes on more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2 000 rpm under no load
- The mi will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times driving pattern b with no malfunction the drive is counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met as stored in the ecm if another malfunction occurs while counting the counter will reset
- The dtc and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times driving pattern a without the same malfunction recurring except for misfire and fuel injection system for misfire and fuel injection system the dtc and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times driving pattern c without the same malfunction recurring the time in self diagnostic results mode of consult ii will count the number of times the vehicle is driven
- The 1st trip dtc is not displayed when the self diagnosis results in ok for the 2nd trip
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Fuel injection system
- Cr with euro obd
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Cr with euro obd
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Fuel injection system
- Cr with euro obd
- Driving pattern b means the vehicle operation as follows all components and systems should be monitored at least once by the obd system
- Cr with euro obd
- The mi will go off when the b counter reaches 3 2 in obd system operation chart
- The dtc will not be displayed after the a counter reaches 40
- The b counter will be counted up when driving pattern b is satisfied without any malfunctions
- The b counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern
- The a counter will be counted up when 1 4 are satisfied without the same malfunction
- The a counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of 1 4
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Cr with euro obd
- Basic service procedure
- Basic inspection
- Cr with euro obd
- Basic service procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Basic service procedure
- Basic service procedure
- Accelerator pedal released position learning
- With gst
- Throttle valve closed position learning
- Preparation
- Operation procedure
- Idle speed with consult ii
- Idle speed check
- Idle air volume learning
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- Without consult ii
- Operation procedure with consult ii
- Cr with euro obd
- Basic service procedure
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Basic service procedure
- Fuel pressure release with consult ii
- Fuel pressure check
- Without consult ii
- Fuel pressure check
- Cr with euro obd
- Basic service procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Basic service procedure
- Trouble diagnosis introduction
- Trouble diagnosis
- Introduction
- Cr with euro obd
- Work flow overall sequence
- Trouble diagnosis
- Cr with euro obd
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Detailed flow
- Trouble diagnosis
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Diagnostic worksheet description
- Cr with euro obd
- Worksheet sample
- Trouble diagnosis
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- If some dtcs are displayed at the same time perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart note
- If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 137 dtc u1010 can communication
- If dtc u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 134 dtc u1001 can communication line
- Dtc inspection priority chart
- Cr with euro obd
- When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm can not warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is a malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses is continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system has a malfunction and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operate when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction
- When the dtc listed bellow is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- Trouble diagnosis
- Fail safe chart
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- System basic engine control system
- Symptom matrix chart
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- System engine mechanical other
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Engine control component parts location
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Refer to ec 33 system diagram for vacuum control system
- Cr with euro obd
- Vacuum hose drawing
- Trouble diagnosis
- Cr with euro obd
- Circuit diagram
- Trouble diagnosis
- Preparation
- Ecm terminals and reference value
- Ecm inspection table
- Ecm harness connector terminal layout
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 100
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 101
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Function
- Ec 102
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii function engine
- Engine control component parts control systems application
- Ec 103
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Work support mode work item
- Trouble diagnosis
- Self diag results mode self diagnostic item
- Regarding items of dtc and 1st trip dtc refer to ec 48 emission related diagnostic informa tion items
- Refer to gi 38 consult ii data link connector dlc circuit
- Inspection procedure
- Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data
- Ec 104
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 105
- Data monitor mode monitored item
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 106
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 107
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 108
- Data monitor spec mode monitored item
- Cr with euro obd
- Active test mode test item
- Real time diagnosis in data monitor mode recording vehicle data description
- For details refer to ec 51 system readiness test srt code
- Ec 109
- Dtc work support mode
- Dtc srt confirmation mode srt status mode
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching setting in data monitor mode 1 auto trig automatic trigger
- Trouble diagnosis
- This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the srt while monitoring the srt status
- The malfunction will be identified on the consult ii screen in real time in other words dtc 1st trip dtc and malfunction item will be displayed if the malfunction is detected by ecm at the moment a malfunction is detected by ecm moni tor in data monitor screen is changed to recording data xx as shown in the figure and the data after the malfunction detection is recorded then when the percentage reached 100 real time diag screen is displayed if stop is touched on the screen during recording data xx real time diag screen is also displayed the recording time after the malfunction detection and the
- Srt work support mode
- Trouble diagnosis
- Operation
- Ec 110
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Inspection procedure
- Generic scan tool obdii scan tool complying with iso 15031 has 8 different functions explained below iso9141 is used as the protocol the name gst or generic scan tool is used in this service manual
- Generic scan tool gst function
- Function
- Ec 111
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- Turn ignition switch off 2 connect gst to data link connector which is located under driv ers side dash panel near the fuse box cover 3 turn ignition switch on
- Trouble diagnosis
- Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service proce dure for further information see the gst operation manual of the tool maker
- Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in the operation manual regarding gst screens in this section sample screens are shown
- Ec 112
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 113
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 114
- Cr with euro obd
- Clsd thl pos accel sen 1 thrtl sen 1
- Below is the data for eng speed thrtl sen 1 ho2s2 b1 ho2s1 b1 and inj pulse b1 when revving engine quickly up to 4 800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently each value is for reference the exact value may vary
- Below is the data for clsd thl pos accel sen 1 and thrtl sen 1 when depressing the accelera tor pedal with the ignition switch on and with shift lever in 1st position the signal of accel sen 1 and thrtl sen 1 should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise after clsd thl pos is changed from on to off
- Trouble diagnosis
- The following are the major sensor reference graphs in data monitor mode
- Major sensor reference graph in data monitor mode
- Eng speed thrtl sen 1 ho2s2 b1 ho2s1 b1 inj pulse b1
- Ec 115
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Testing condition
- Inspection procedure
- Ec 117
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Ec 119
- Cr with euro obd
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Ec 120
- Detailed procedure
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Ec 121
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Ec 122
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Ec 123
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Ec 124
- Cr with euro obd
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Ec 125
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Ec 126
- Cr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident
- Ec 127
- Diagnostic procedure
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- Diagnostic procedure
- Detect malfunctioning part
- Voltage battery voltage
- Cr with euro obd
- Turn ignition switch off and then on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 109 and ground with consult ii or tester
- Check the following
- Start engine is engine running yes or no
- Check ecm power supply circuit i
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- A fuse
- Repair harness or connectors
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Ok or ng
- Inspection start
- Harness for open or short between ecm and fuse
- Harness connectors m1 e101
- Go to 3
- Go to 2
- Fuse block j b connector m7
- Ec 129
- Ec 130
- Cr with euro obd
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Ec 131
- Cr with euro obd
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Ec 132
- Cr with euro obd
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Ground inspection
- Ec 133
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 134
- Dtc u1001 can communication line
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- On board diagnosis logic
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 135
- Dtc u1001 can communication line
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 137
- Dtc u1010 can communication
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- Dtc u1010 can communication
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 138
- This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve the ecm receives signals such as crankshaft position camshaft position engine speed and engine coolant temperature then the ecm sends on off pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve depending on driving status this makes it possible to control the shut open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low mid speed range and output in high speed range
- System description
- Specification data are reference values
- Ec 139
- Dtc p0011 ivt control
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- If dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is between 10v and 16v at idle
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 140
- Dtc p0011 ivt control
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Caution always drive at a safe speed note
- With consult ii
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode
- Turn ignition switch on and select data monitor mode with consult ii 2 start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera ture 3 maintain the following conditions from at least 6 consecutive seconds hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible
- The mi will not light up for this self diagnosis
- On board diagnosis logic
- Let engine idle for 10 seconds 5 if the 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 141 diagnostic procedure if the 1st trip dtc is not detected go to next step 6 maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds
- If dtc p0011 is displayed with dtc p1111 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p1111 see ec 286
- With gst
- Ec 141
- Dtc p0011 ivt control
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 142
- Dtc p0011 ivt control
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
- The ecm performs on off duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine speed and engine coolant temperature the duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine is started
- System description
- Specification data are reference values
- Operation
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 143
- Dtc p0031 p0032 ho2s1 heater
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Ec 144
- Dtc p0031 p0032 ho2s1 heater
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 145
- Dtc p0031 p0032 ho2s1 heater
- Cr with euro obd
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 146
- Dtc p0031 p0032 ho2s1 heater
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 147
- Dtc p0031 p0032 ho2s1 heater
- Removal and installation
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
- Heated oxygen sensor 1
- Ec 148
- Dtc p0031 p0032 ho2s1 heater
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is between 10 v and 16v at idle
- Ec 149
- Dtc p0037 p0038 ho2s2 heater
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- System description
- Specification data are reference values
- Operation
- On board diagnosis logic
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Ec 150
- Dtc p0037 p0038 ho2s2 heater
- Cr with euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 151
- Dtc p0037 p0038 ho2s2 heater
- Cr with euro obd
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 152
- Dtc p0037 p0038 ho2s2 heater
- Ec 153
- Dtc p0037 p0038 ho2s2 heater
- Cr with euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
- Heated oxygen sensor 2
- Ec 154
- Dtc p0037 p0038 ho2s2 heater
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- With gst
- With consult ii
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode
- Turn ignition switch on 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 wait at least 5 seconds 4 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 157 diagnostic procedure
- The manifold absolute pressure map sensor is placed intake man ifold corrector it detects intake manifold pressure and sends the voltage signal to the ecm ecm uses the signal to compute intake air volume value the sensor uses a silicon diaphragm which is sensitive to the change in pressure as the pressure increase the voltage rises
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test
- If dtc p0107 or p0108 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 363 dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Follow the procedure with consult ii above
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 155
- Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Component description
- Air duct
- Which malfunction p0107 or p0108 is duplicated p0107 or p0108
- Vacuum hoses
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Reconnect the parts
- Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold ok or ng
- Inspection start
- Go to 2
- Ec 157
- Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Check the following for connection
- Check intake system
- Ec 158
- Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Manifold absolute pressure sensor
- Ec 159
- Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Start engine and let it idle
- Removal and installation
- Refer to em 18 air cleaner and air duct
- Manifold absolute pressure sensor
- Ec 160
- Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Check the voltage between ecm terminal 51 and ground at idling and confirm the voltage difference between engine is stopped and at idling is within following chart
- Check the manifold absolute pressure sensor value corresponds to the atmospheric pressure
- Component description
- Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in damage to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode
- The intake air temperature sensor is built into manifold absolute pressure sensor the sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ecm the temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 161
- Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Ec 162
- Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 163
- Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 164
- Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Manifold absolute pressure sensor
- Intake air temperature sensor
- Ec 165
- Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Component description
- Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- When this malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic
- The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature the sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ecm the modified signal returns to the ecm as the engine coolant temperature input the sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature the electrical resistance of the ther mistor decreases as temperature increases
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 166
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Ec 167
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 169
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Engine coolant temperature sensor
- Ec 170
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion
- Ec 171
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Ec 172
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 173
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 174
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 175
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 176
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 177
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Throttle position sensor
- To judge the malfunction the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high
- The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 178
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Ec 179
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 181
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Ec 182
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 183
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii
- Without consult ii
- Removal and installation
- Heated oxygen sensor 1
- Ec 184
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 185
- Dtc p0133 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Dtc p0133 ho2s1
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- With consult ii
- Ec 186
- With gst
- Overall function check
- Ec 187
- Dtc p0133 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 189
- Dtc p0133 ho2s1
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Ec 190
- Dtc p0133 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 191
- Dtc p0133 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 192
- Dtc p0133 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii
- Ec 193
- Dtc p0133 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Dtc p0133 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Without consult ii
- Removal and installation
- Heated oxygen sensor 1
- Ec 194
- Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is not input the ecm circuits will read a continuous approximately 0 v therefore for this diagnosis the time that output voltage is within 200 to 400 mv range is monitored and the diagnosis checks that this time is not inordinately long
- The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 195
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- With consult ii
- Ec 196
- With gst
- Overall function check
- Ec 197
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 199
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Ec 200
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Without consult ii
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii
- Ec 201
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- Heated oxygen sensor 1
- Ec 202
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving condition such as fuel cut
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 203
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Ec 204
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 205
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 206
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Ec 207
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Without consult ii
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii
- Ec 208
- Removal and installation
- Heated oxygen sensor 2
- Ec 209
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 210
- Dtc p0139 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the switching response of the sen sor s voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi tion such as fuel cut
- With consult ii procedure for cond1
- Ec 211
- Dtc p0139 ho2s2
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- Procedure for cond3
- Procedure for cond2
- Overall function check
- Ec 212
- Dtc p0139 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 213
- Dtc p0139 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 214
- Dtc p0139 ho2s2
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Ec 215
- Dtc p0139 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- Dtc p0139 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii
- Ec 216
- Without consult ii
- Removal and installation
- Heated oxygen sensor 2
- Ec 217
- Dtc p0139 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 218
- Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- The similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data means the vehicle operation that the following con ditions should be satisfied at the same time
- Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 disconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor harness connec tor 4 restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds 5 stop engine and reconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor harness connector 6 select service 03 with gst make sure dtc p0107 is detected 7 select service 04 with gst and erase the dtc p0107 8 start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes 9 select service 07 with gst the 1st trip dtc p0171 should be detected at this stage if a malfunction exists if so go to ec 222 diagnostic procedure note if 1st trip dtc is not detected during above procedure performing the following procedure is advised a turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds b start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data for 10 min utes refer to the table below hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible
- If it is difficult to start engine at step 8 the fuel injection system has a malfunction 11 crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal if engine starts go to ec 222 diagnostic procedure if engine does not start check exhaust and intake air leak visually
- If it is difficult to start engine at step 6 the fuel injection system has a malfunction too 8 crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal if engine starts go to ec 222 diagnostic procedure if engine does not start check exhaust and intake air leak visually
- Ec 219
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 221
- Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 222
- Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 223
- Ec 224
- Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function
- Cr with euro obd
- Refer to ec 127 trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident
- Inspection end
- Ec 225
- Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function
- Cr with euro obd
- Check intermittent incident
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test
- If it is difficult to start engine at step 6 the fuel injection system has a malfunction too 8 crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal
- Ec 226
- Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- With the air fuel mixture ratio self learning control the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensors 1 the ecm calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios in case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large the actual mixture ratio is too rich the ecm judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the mi 2 trip detection logic
- With consult ii
- The similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data means the vehicle operation that the following con ditions should be satisfied at the same time
- Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 turn ignition switch on and select self learning cont in work support mode with con sult ii 4 clear the self learning control coefficient by touching clear 5 select data monitor mode with consult ii 6 start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes the 1st trip dtc p0172 should be detected at this stage if a malfunction exists if so go to ec 230 diagnostic procedure note if 1st trip dtc is not detected during above procedure perform ing the following procedure is advised a turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds b start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data for a certain time refer to the table below hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible
- On board diagnosis logic
- With gst
- Ec 227
- Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function
- Cr with euro obd
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 229
- Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function
- Cr with euro obd
- Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 230
- Ec 231
- Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 232
- Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function
- Cr with euro obd
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion
- Ec 233
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Ec 234
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 235
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 236
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Retighten ground connections
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 237
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 238
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 239
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Throttle position sensor
- Removal and installation
- When a misfire occurs engine speed will fluctuate if the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank shaft position ckp sensor pos signal to vary ecm can determine that a misfire is occurring
- The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions 1 one trip detection logic three way catalyst damage on the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst twc due to over heating the mi will blink when a misfire condition occurs the ecm monitors the ckp sensor pos signal every 200 engine revo lutions for a change when the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the twc the mi will turn off if another misfire condition occurs that can damage the twc on a second trip the mi will blink when the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the twc the mi will remain on if another misfire condition occurs that can damage the twc the mi will begin to blink again 2 two trip detection logic exhaust quality deterioration for misfire conditions that will not damage the twc but will affect vehicle emissions the mi will only light when the misfire is detected on a second trip during this condition the ecm mo
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 240
- Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Caution always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv ing note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Ec 241
- Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 242
- Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 243
- Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 244
- Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 245
- Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire
- Cr with euro obd
- Dtc p0327 p0328 ks
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Component description
- With gst
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 246
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 247
- Dtc p0327 p0328 ks
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 248
- Dtc p0327 p0328 ks
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 249
- Dtc p0327 p0328 ks
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- Knock sensor
- The crankshaft position sensor pos is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth cogs of the signal plate at the end of the crankshaft it detects the fluctuation of the engine rev olution the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when the engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes the ecm receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 v with igni tion switch on
- Ec 250
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Follow the procedure with consult ii above
- Ec 251
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Turn ignition switch on and select data monitor mode with consult ii 2 crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec onds at idle speed 3 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 254 diagnostic procedure
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 253
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 254
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 255
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Cr with euro obd
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- Ec 256
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Crankshaft position sensor pos
- With consult ii
- Turn ignition switch on
- The camshaft position sensor phase senses the retraction of camshaft intake to identify a particular cylinder the camshaft posi tion sensor phase senses the piston position when the crankshaft position sensor pos system becomes inoper ative the camshaft position sensor phase provides various con trols of engine parts instead utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 v with igni tion switch on
- Ec 257
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Component description
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- Ec 258
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 259
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Cr with euro obd
- Yes or no
- Turn ignition switch to start position
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 260
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Does the engine turn over does the starter motor operate
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Check starting system refer to sc 45 starting system
- Check starting system
- Ec 261
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 262
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Cr with euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Refer to em 38 camshaft
- Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor 2 disconnect camshaft position sensor phase harness connector 3 remove the sensor 4 visually check the sensor for chipping
- Ec 263
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Check resistance as shown in the figure
- Camshaft position sensor phase
- Cr with euro obd
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 264
- Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- With gst
- Overall function check
- Ec 265
- Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 266
- Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 267
- Ec 268
- Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function
- Cr with euro obd
- Replace three way catalyst manifold
- Refer to ec 127 trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident
- Ec 269
- Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function
- Cr with euro obd
- Check intermittent incident
- Ec 270
- Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister the opening of the vapor by pass pas sage in the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats on off operation according to the signal sent from the ecm the opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control the optimum value stored in the ecm is determined by considering various engine conditions when the engine is operating the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister is regulated as the air flow changes
- The evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a on off duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canis ter the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by on off pulses from the ecm the longer the on pulse the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve
- System description
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Ec 271
- Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 273
- Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Cr with euro obd
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 274
- Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Diagnostic procedure
- Without consult ii
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve with consult ii
- Ec 275
- Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 277
- Dtc p0500 vss
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- Overall function check
- Ec 278
- Dtc p0500 vss
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- Procedure for malfunction a with consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 279
- Dtc p0605 ecm
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Component description
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii
- Procedure for malfunction b with consult ii
- Ec 280
- Dtc p0605 ecm
- Diagnostic procedure
- Ec 281
- Dtc p0605 ecm
- Cr with euro obd
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 282
- Dtc p1065 ecm power supply
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Component description
- With gst
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 283
- Dtc p1065 ecm power supply
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 284
- Dtc p1065 ecm power supply
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 285
- Dtc p1065 ecm power supply
- Cr with euro obd
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Turn ignition switch on 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds 4 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 289 diagnostic procedure
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by on off pulse duty ratio signals from the ecm the intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit or stops oil flow the longer pulse width advances valve angle the shorter pulse width retards valve angle when on and off pulse widths become equal the solenoid valve stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control position
- Following the procedure with consult ii above
- Ec 286
- Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 287
- Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve
- Cr with euro obd
- Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve
- Cr with euro obd
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 288
- Ec 289
- Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
- Ec 290
- Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Component description
- Procedure for malfunction a and b with consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 291
- With gst
- Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii
- Ec 292
- Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 293
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 295
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Ec 296
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Cr with euro obd
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 297
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Throttle control motor
- Removal and installation
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 298
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 299
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- With gst
- Cr with euro obd
- With consult ii
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- Component description
- Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 1 second 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 if dtc is detected go to ec 302 diagnostic procedure
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic
- Testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 8v
- Specification data are reference values
- Procedure for dtc p1124
- Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ecm via throttle control motor relay the throttle control motor relay is on off controlled by the ecm when the ignition switch is turned on the ecm sends an on signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ecm when the ignition switch is turned off the ecm sends an off signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not provided to the ecm
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test
- Follow the procedure with consult ii above
- Procedure for dtc p1126 with consult ii
- Ec 300
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 301
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Cr with euro obd
- Voltage battery voltage
- Turn ignition switch off 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 104 and ground with consult ii or tester
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ok or ng
- Go to 2
- Ec 302
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Check throttle control motor relay power supply circuit i
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 303
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Ec 304
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 305
- Dtc p1128 throttle control motor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Component description
- Cr with euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 307
- Dtc p1128 throttle control motor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Throttle control motor
- Ec 308
- Dtc p1128 throttle control motor
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 309
- Dtc p1128 throttle control motor
- Cr with euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Refer to em 18 air cleaner and air duct
- To judge the malfunction the output from the heated oxygen sensor 1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently high and whether the lean output is sufficiently low when both the outputs are shifting to the lean side the malfunction will be detected
- The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 310
- Dtc p1143 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- With consult ii
- Ec 311
- Dtc p1143 ho2s1
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- Overall function check
- Ec 312
- Dtc p1143 ho2s1
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 313
- Dtc p1143 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii
- Ec 314
- Dtc p1143 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Dtc p1143 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Without consult ii
- Removal and installation
- Heated oxygen sensor 1
- Ec 315
- To judge the malfunction the output from the heated oxygen sensor 1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently high and whether the lean output is sufficiently low when both the outputs are shifting to the rich side the malfunction will be detected
- The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 316
- Dtc p1144 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Dtc p1144 ho2s1
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- With consult ii
- Ec 317
- With gst
- Overall function check
- Ec 318
- Dtc p1144 ho2s1
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 319
- Dtc p1144 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii
- Ec 320
- Dtc p1144 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Without consult ii
- Removal and installation
- Heated oxygen sensor 1
- Ec 321
- Dtc p1144 ho2s1
- Cr with euro obd
- On board diagnosis logic
- If dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition never stop engine during this procedure if the engine is stopped retry procedure from step 2 in pro cedure for cond1
- Ec 322
- Dtc p1146 ho2s2
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Completed will appear on consult ii screen when all tests cond1 cond2 and cond3 are completed
- Caution always drive vehicle at a safe speed note
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel cut
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation
- Specification data are reference values
- With consult ii procedure for cond1
- Procedure for cond2
- Ec 323
- Dtc p1146 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- Procedure for cond3
- Overall function check
- Ec 324
- Dtc p1146 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- Dtc p1146 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 325
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 326
- Dtc p1146 ho2s2
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Ec 327
- Dtc p1146 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii
- Ec 328
- Dtc p1146 ho2s2
- Without consult ii
- Removal and installation
- Heated oxygen sensor 2
- Ec 329
- Dtc p1146 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 330
- Dtc p1147 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel cut
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation
- With consult ii procedure for cond1
- Ec 331
- Dtc p1147 ho2s2
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- Procedure for cond3
- Procedure for cond2
- Overall function check
- Ec 332
- Dtc p1147 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- Dtc p1147 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 333
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 334
- Dtc p1147 ho2s2
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Ec 335
- Dtc p1147 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii
- Ec 336
- Dtc p1147 ho2s2
- Without consult ii
- Removal and installation
- Heated oxygen sensor 2
- Ec 337
- Dtc p1147 ho2s2
- Cr with euro obd
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 338
- Dtc p1171 intake error
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 339
- Dtc p1171 intake error
- Cr with euro obd
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace
- Listen for an intake air leak after the air cleaner element ok or ng
- Ec 340
- Dtc p1171 intake error
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Check vacuum hose
- Check intake manifold vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection refer to ec 92 vacuum hose draw ing ok or ng
- Check intake air leak
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 341
- Dtc p1171 intake error
- Ec 342
- Dtc p1171 intake error
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 343
- Dtc p1211 tcs control unit
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Diagnostic procedure
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 344
- Dtc p1212 tcs communication line
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Diagnostic procedure
- The ecm controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed engine coolant temperature refrigerant pressure and air conditioner on signal the control system has 3 step control high low off models with a c or 2 step control on off models without a c the ecm controls cooling fan relays through can communication line
- System description
- Operation models with a c
- If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1010 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 137 dtc u1010 can communication
- If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 134 dtc u1001 can communication line
- Ec 345
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Cr with euro obd
- Cooling fan control
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Models without a c
- If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions engine coolant temperature will rise when the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition a malfunction is indicated this self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic
- Ec 346
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Caution when a malfunction is indicated be sure to replace the coolant refer to co 9 changing engine coolant also replace the engine oil refer to lu 7 changing engine oil 1 fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio refer to ma 26 engine coolant mixture ratio
- With gst models with air conditioner
- With consult ii
- Overall function check
- Ec 347
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Cr with euro obd
- Cr with euro obd
- Models without air conditioner
- Ec 348
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Wiring diagram
- Models with air conditioner
- Ec 349
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Cr with euro obd
- Procedure for models with air conditioner
- Ec 351
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 352
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Cr with euro obd
- Procedure a
- Ec 353
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Cr with euro obd
- Procedure b
- Ec 354
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Cr with euro obd
- Procedure for models without air conditioner
- Ec 355
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Cr with euro obd
- Procedure a
- Ec 356
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Cr with euro obd
- Perform ec 127 trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident ok or ng
- Main 12 causes of overheating
- Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ipdm e r
- Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ground
- Go to 4
- Ec 357
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector 2 check harness continuity between cooling fan motor terminal 1 and ipdm e r terminal 10 cooling fan motor terminal 2 and ground refer to wiring diagram
- Detect malfunctioning part
- Cr with euro obd
- Continuity should exist
- Replace ipdm e r refer to pg 18 ipdm e r intelligent power distribution mod
- Check the following
- Replace cooling fan motor
- Check intermittent incident
- Repair or replace harness or connector
- Check cooling fan motors circuit
- Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors
- Check cooling fan motor
- Refer to ec 358 component inspection ok or ng
- Also check harness for short to ground and short to power ok or ng
- Ec 358
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector 2 supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation
- Cr with euro obd
- Cooling fan motor
- Component inspection
- Ec 359
- Dtc p1225 tp sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Component description
- With gst
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Removal and installation
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 360
- Dtc p1225 tp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 361
- Dtc p1226 tp sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Component description
- With gst
- Removal and installation
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 362
- Dtc p1226 tp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10v at idle
- Follow the procedure with consult ii above
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 363
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- With consult ii
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- Turn ignition switch on 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 start engine and let it idle for 1 second 4 if dtc is detected go to ec 368 diagnostic procedure
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 365
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Cr with euro obd
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 367
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 368
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 369
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 370
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Cr with euro obd
- On board diagnosis logic
- If ng go to ec 374 diagnostic procedure if ok go to following step 3 select data monitor mode with consult ii 4 start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 5 maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive sec onds
- If 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 374 diagnostic procedure
- Ec 371
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Caution always drive vehicle at a safe speed note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test
- With consult ii
- When the shift lever position is neutral park neutral position pnp switch is on ecm detects the position because the continuity of the line the on signal exists
- Turn ignition switch on 2 select p n posi sw in data monitor mode with con sult ii then check the p n posi sw signal under the follow ing conditions
- Specification data are reference values
- With gst
- Overall function check
- Ec 372
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Cr with euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 373
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Cr with euro obd
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 374
- Ec 375
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 376
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Cr with euro obd
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 377
- Dtc p1805 brake switch
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Brake switch signal is applied to the ecm through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed this signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving
- With consult ii
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode
- Turn ignition switch on 2 fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds 3 erase the dtc with consult ii 4 select data monitor mode with consult ii 5 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 380 diagnostic procedure
- The mi will not light up for this self diagnosis
- Specification data are reference values
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 379
- Dtc p1805 brake switch
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 380
- Dtc p1805 brake switch
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 381
- Dtc p1805 brake switch
- Cr with euro obd
- Stop lamp switch
- Ec 382
- Dtc p1805 brake switch
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2122 or p2123 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 363 dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 383
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Ec 384
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Lhd models
- Ec 385
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 386
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Cr with euro obd
- Rhd models
- Ec 387
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 388
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Ec 389
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Accelerator pedal position sensor
- Ec 390
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- Ec 391
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Accelerator pedal
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 392
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic
- The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut
- Specification data are reference values
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Ec 393
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 395
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Cr with euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 397
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Ec 398
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 399
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Accelerator pedal position sensor
- Ec 400
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Removal and installation
- Ec 401
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Accelerator pedal
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion
- Ec 402
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Ec 403
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 405
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection
- Ec 406
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 407
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Throttle position sensor
- Removal and installation
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 408
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2138 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 363 dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 409
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Ec 410
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Cr with euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Lhd models
- Ec 411
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 412
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Rhd models
- Ec 413
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 414
- Ec 415
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 416
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Ec 417
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Accelerator pedal position sensor
- Accelerator pedal
- Removal and installation
- Ec 418
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Go to 5
- Go to 4
- Electrical load signal
- Ec 419
- Diagnostic procedure
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Check load signal indication under the following conditions
- Check load signal circuit overall function ii
- Check load signal circuit overall function i
- Turn ignition switch on 2 connect consult ii and select data monitor mode 3 select load signal and check indication under the following conditions
- The electrical load signal headlamp switch signal rear window defogger switch signal etc is transferred through the can communication line from ipdm e r to ecm
- Specification data are reference values
- Ok or ng
- Electrical load signal
- Ec 420
- Cr with euro obd
- The fuel injector is a small precise solenoid valve when the ecm supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit the coil in the fuel injec tor is energized the energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold the amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura tion pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open the ecm controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs
- Specification data are reference values
- Fuel injector
- Ec 421
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Turn ignition switch to start is any cylinder ignited yes or no
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Inspection start
- Go to 3
- Fuel injector
- Ec 423
- Fuel injector
- Ec 424
- Cr with euro obd
- Fuel injector
- Ec 425
- Cr with euro obd
- Fuel injector
- Ec 426
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- The ecm activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine startability if the ecm receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor pos and cam shaft position sensor phase it knows that the engine is rotating and causes the pump to operate if the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is on the engine stalls the ecm stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging thereby improving safety the ecm does not directly drive the fuel pump it controls the on off fuel pump relay which in turn controls the fuel pump
- System description
- Specification data are reference values
- Fuel pump
- Ec 427
- Description
- Cr with euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank
- Fuel pump
- Ec 429
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Cr with euro obd
- Fuel pump
- Ec 430
- Fuel pump
- Ec 431
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- Fuel pump
- Ec 432
- Cr with euro obd
- The ignition signal from the ecm is sent to and amplified by the power transistor the power transistor turns on and off the ignition coil primary circuit this on off operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil secondary circuit
- Ignition signal
- Ignition coil power transistor
- Ec 433
- Cr with euro obd
- Component description
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ignition signal
- Ec 435
- Cr with euro obd
- With consult ii 1 perform power balance in active test mode with consult ii 2 make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop ok or ng
- Turn ignition switch off and restart engine is engine running yes or no
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ignition signal
- Go to 4
- Go to 10
- Ec 437
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Check overall function
- Check engine start
- Cr with euro obd
- Ignition signal
- Ec 438
- Ignition signal
- Ec 439
- Cr with euro obd
- Ignition signal
- Ec 440
- Cr with euro obd
- Ignition signal
- Ignition coil with power transistor
- Ec 441
- Cr with euro obd
- Component inspection
- Ec 442
- Cr with euro obd
- Condenser
- Removal and installation
- Ignition signal
- Ignition coil with power transistor
- The refrigerant pressure sensor 1 is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system the sensor uses an electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage the voltage signal is sent to ecm and ecm controls cooling fan system
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Ec 443
- Cr with euro obd
- Component description
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Ok or ng
- Go to 2
- Ec 445
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr with euro obd
- Check refrigerant pressure sensor overall function
- Check ground connections
- Voltage 1 4 v
- Turn a c switch and blower fan switch off 2 turn ignition switch off 3 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection
- Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn a c switch and blower fan switch on 3 check voltage between ecm terminal 69 and ground with con sult ii or tester
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Ec 446
- Cr with euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Ec 447
- Cr with euro obd
- Crankshaft position sensor pos
- Cr with euro obd
- Camshaft position sensor phase
- Service data and specifications sds
- Calculated load value
- Refer to ec 263 component inspection
- Refer to ec 256 component inspection
- Manifold absolute pressure sensor
- Knock sensor
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
- Intake air temperature sensor
- Idle speed
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
- Fuel pressure
- Engine coolant temperature sensor
- Ec 449
- Fuel injector
- Ec 450
- Cr with euro obd
- Throttle control motor
- Service data and specifications sds
- Fuel pump
- Index for dtc
- If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 552 dtc u1010 can communication
- If dtc u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 549 dtc u1001 can communication line
- Ec 451
- Dtc no index
- Cr without euro obd
- Index for dtc
- Ec 452
- Cr without euro obd
- If dtc u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 549 dtc u1001 can communication line
- Ec 453
- Cr without euro obd
- Alphabetical index
- Index for dtc
- If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 552 dtc u1010 can communication
- Index for dtc
- Ec 454
- Cr without euro obd
- Rhd models
- Precautions for supplemental restraint system srs air bag and seat belt pre tensioner
- Precautions for procedures without cowl top cover
- Precautions
- On board diagnostic obd system of engine
- Maintenance information
- Lhd models
- Ec 455
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 456
- Cr without euro obd
- Precautions
- Precaution
- Precautions
- Ec 457
- Cr without euro obd
- Precautions
- Ec 458
- Cr without euro obd
- When installing c b ham radio or a mobile phone be sure to observe the following as it may adversely affect elec tronic control systems depending on installation location
- Precautions
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm 8 in away from the harness of electronic controls do not let them run parallel for a long distance
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic control units
- Ec 459
- Cr without euro obd
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing wave radio can be kept smaller
- Special service tools
- Preparation
- Ec 460
- Cr without euro obd
- Preparation
- Ec 461
- Cr without euro obd
- Commercial service tools
- Hot engine operation
- Engine control system
- Ec 463
- During warm up
- During high engine speed operation
- During deceleration
- During acceleration
- Cr without euro obd
- When starting the engine
- Various fuel injection increase decrease compensation
- The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ecm the ecm controls the length of time the valve remains open injection pulse duration the amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ecm memory the program value is preset by engine operating conditions these conditions are determined by input signals for engine speed and intake air volume from the crankshaft position sensor pos camshaft position sensor phase and the manifold absolute pressure sensor
- System description
- Multiport fuel injection mfi system
- Mixture ratio feedback control closed loop control
- Input output signal chart
- Sequential multiport fuel injection system
- Open loop control
- Mixture ratio self learning control
- Fuel injection timing
- Engine control system
- Ec 464
- Cr without euro obd
- At low battery voltage
- At idle
- System description
- Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system
- Input output signal chart
- Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or operation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds
- Fuel shut off
- Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle in other words pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ecm the four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle this system is used when the engine is being started and or if the fail safe system cpu is operating
- Fuel cut control at no load and high engine speed
- Firing order 1 3 4 2 the ignition timing is controlled by the ecm to maintain the best air fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine the ignition timing data is stored in the ecm the ecm receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal comput ing this information ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor during the following conditions the ignition timing is revised by the ecm according to the other data stored in the ecm
- Engine control system
- Electronic ignition ei system
- Ec 465
- During warm up
- During acceleration the knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies the basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti knocking zone if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions the retard system does not operate under normal driving conditions if engine knocking occurs the knock sensor monitors the condition the signal is transmitted to the ecm the ecm retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition
- Cr without euro obd
- At starting
- Cr without euro obd
- System description
- Engine control system
- Ec 466
- When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high
- When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed
- When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high
- When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed
- When engine speed is excessively low
- When cranking the engine
- This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used under the following conditions the air conditioner is turned off
- System description
- Input output signal chart
- Ec 467
- Cr without euro obd
- At high engine speeds
- Air conditioning cut control
- System description
- Ec 468
- Cr without euro obd
- Can communication
- The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system this reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the evap canister the fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the evap canister which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank the vapor in the evap canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ecm when the engine operates the flow rate of vapor controlled by evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and idling
- System description
- Evaporative emission system
- Ec 469
- Description
- Cr without euro obd
- Evaporative emission system
- Ec 471
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 472
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Fuel tank vacuum relief valve built into fuel filler cap
- Fuel check valve
- Evaporative emission system
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Evap canister
- Nats nissan anti theft system
- Ec 473
- Description
- Cr without euro obd
- System description
- Positive crankcase ventilation
- Pcv positive crankcase ventilation valve
- Ec 474
- Description
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Positive crankcase ventilation
- Pcv valve ventilation hose
- Ec 475
- Cr without euro obd
- Check hoses and hose connections for leaks 2 disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air if any hose cannot be freed of obstructions replace
- Two trip detection logic
- The trip in the two trip detection logic means a driving mode in which self diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation when there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm can not warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is a malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system has malfunction and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operate when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction
- The malfunction indicator mi on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips two trip detection logic or when the ecm enters fail safe mode refer to ec 498
- The ecm has an on board diagnostic system which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua tors the ecm also records various emission related diagnostic information including
- The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Introduction
- Emission related diagnostic information items
- Emission related diagnostic information
- Ec 476
- Cr without euro obd
- The 1st trip dtc whose number is the same as the dtc number is displayed for the latest self diagnostic result obtained if the ecm memory was cleared previously and the 1st trip dtc did not reoccur the 1st trip dtc will not be displayed if a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip the 1st trip dtc is stored in the ecm memory the mi will not light up two trip detection logic if the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip meeting the required driving pattern the 1st trip dtc is cleared from the ecm memory if the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip both the 1st trip dtc and dtc are stored in the ecm memory and the mi lights up in other words
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Ec 477
- Dtc and 1st trip dtc
- Cr without euro obd
- On board diagnostic obd system
- How to read dtc and 1st trip dtc
- How to erase emission related diagnostic information how to erase dtc
- Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data
- Ec 478
- Cr without euro obd
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Malfunction indicator mi
- Ec 479
- Description
- Cr without euro obd
- When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm can not warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system has a malfunction and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operate when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the a malfunction
- The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions
- St trip freeze frame data
- St trip diagnostic trouble codes
- On board diagnostic system function
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Mi flashing without dtc
- It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction
- It is better to count the time accurately with a clock
- If the ecm is in diagnostic test mode ii mi may flash when engine is running in this case check ecm diag nostic test mode ec 480 how to switch diagnostic test mode how to switch the diagnostic test function modes and details of the above functions are described later ec 480 how to switch diagnostic test mode the following emission related diagnostic information is cleared when the ecm memory is erased
- How to switch diagnostic test mode
- Freeze frame data
- Ec 480
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- Cr without euro obd
- Cr without euro obd
- On board diagnostic obd system
- How to set diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results
- How to set diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor
- How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results
- Ec 481
- Diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results
- Diagnostic test mode i malfunction warning
- Diagnostic test mode i bulb check
- On board diagnostic obd system
- How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results
- Ec 482
- Diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor
- Cr without euro obd
- Cr without euro obd
- Basic service procedure
- Basic inspection
- Ec 483
- Ec 484
- Cr without euro obd
- Basic service procedure
- Ec 485
- Cr without euro obd
- Basic service procedure
- Operation procedure
- Idle speed with consult ii
- Idle speed check
- Idle air volume learning
- Ec 486
- Description
- Cr without euro obd
- Basic service procedure
- Accelerator pedal released position learning
- Without consult ii
- Throttle valve closed position learning
- Preparation
- Without consult ii
- Operation procedure with consult ii
- Ec 487
- Cr without euro obd
- Basic service procedure
- Fuel pressure release with consult ii
- Fuel pressure check
- Ec 488
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Basic service procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Basic service procedure
- Without consult ii
- Fuel pressure check
- Ec 489
- Ec 490
- Cr without euro obd
- Basic service procedure
- Trouble diagnosis introduction
- Trouble diagnosis
- Introduction
- Ec 491
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 493
- Detailed flow
- Cr without euro obd
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 494
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 495
- Diagnostic worksheet description
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- If some dtcs are displayed at the same time perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart note
- If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 552 dtc u1010 can communication
- If dtc u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 549 dtc u1001 can communication line
- Ec 497
- Dtc inspection priority chart
- Cr without euro obd
- Fail safe chart
- Ec 498
- Cr without euro obd
- When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm can not warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is a malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses is continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system has a malfunction and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operate when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction
- When the dtc listed bellow is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- Trouble diagnosis
- Trouble diagnosis
- System basic engine control system
- Symptom matrix chart
- Ec 499
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- System engine mechanical other
- Ec 500
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 501
- Cr without euro obd
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 502
- Trouble diagnosis
- Engine control component parts location
- Ec 503
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 504
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 505
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 506
- Cr without euro obd
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 507
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 508
- Cr without euro obd
- Vacuum hose drawing
- Trouble diagnosis
- Refer to ec 462 system diagram for vacuum control system
- Ec 509
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 511
- Cr without euro obd
- Ecm harness connector terminal layout
- Ec 512
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Preparation
- Ecm terminals and reference value
- Ecm inspection table
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 513
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 514
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 515
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 516
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 517
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 518
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Function
- Engine control component parts control systems application
- Ec 519
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii function engine
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 520
- Cr without euro obd
- Cr without euro obd
- Work support mode work item
- Trouble diagnosis
- Self diag results mode self diagnostic item
- Regarding items of dtc and 1st trip dtc refer to ec 476 emission related diagnostic informa tion items
- Refer to gi 38 consult ii data link connector dlc circuit
- Inspection procedure
- Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data
- Ec 521
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 522
- Data monitor mode monitored item
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 523
- Cr without euro obd
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 524
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 525
- Data monitor spec mode monitored item
- Cr without euro obd
- Active test mode test item
- Trouble diagnosis
- Real time diagnosis in data monitor mode recording vehicle data description
- Operation
- Ec 526
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 527
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 528
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 529
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Major sensor reference graph in data monitor mode
- Eng speed thrtl sen 1 ho2s2 b1 ho2s1 b1 inj pulse b1
- Ec 530
- Cr without euro obd
- Clsd thl pos accel sen 1 thrtl sen 1
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 531
- Cr without euro obd
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Testing condition
- Inspection procedure
- Ec 532
- Description
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Overall sequence
- Ec 533
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Ec 535
- Detailed procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 536
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Ec 537
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Ec 538
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Ec 539
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Ec 540
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Ec 541
- Cr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident
- Ec 542
- Diagnostic procedure
- Description
- Cr without euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Ec 543
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 544
- Diagnostic procedure
- Detect malfunctioning part
- Cr without euro obd
- Voltage battery voltage
- Check the following
- Turn ignition switch off and then on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 109 and ground with consult ii or tester
- Start engine is engine running yes or no
- Check ecm power supply circuit i
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- A fuse
- Repair harness or connectors
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Ok or ng
- Inspection start
- Harness for open or short between ecm and fuse
- Harness connectors m1 e101
- Go to 3
- Go to 2
- Fuse block j b connector m7
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Ec 545
- Cr without euro obd
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Ec 546
- Cr without euro obd
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Ec 547
- Cr without euro obd
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Ground inspection
- Ec 548
- Cr without euro obd
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 549
- Dtc u1001 can communication line
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Description
- Cr without euro obd
- Go to lan 3 precautions when using consult ii
- Ec 551
- Dtc u1001 can communication line
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 552
- Dtc u1010 can communication
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Description
- Cr without euro obd
- Dtc u1010 can communication
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 553
- This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve the ecm receives signals such as crankshaft position camshaft position engine speed and engine coolant temperature then the ecm sends on off pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve depending on driving status this makes it possible to control the shut open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low mid speed range and output in high speed range
- System description
- Specification data are reference values
- Ec 554
- Dtc p0011 ivt control
- Description
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- If dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is between 10v and 16v at idle
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 555
- Dtc p0011 ivt control
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Caution always drive at a safe speed note
- With consult ii
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode
- Turn ignition switch on and select data monitor mode with consult ii 2 start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera ture 3 maintain the following conditions from at least 6 consecutive seconds hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible
- The mi will not light up for this self diagnosis
- On board diagnosis logic
- Let engine idle for 10 seconds 5 if the 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 556 diagnostic procedure if the 1st trip dtc is not detected go to next step 6 maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds
- If dtc p0011 is displayed with dtc p1111 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p1111 see ec 630
- Without consult ii
- Overall function check
- Ec 556
- Dtc p0011 ivt control
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Dtc p0011 ivt control
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
- Ec 557
- Removal and installation
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
- Ec 558
- Dtc p0011 ivt control
- Cr without euro obd
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 559
- Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Component description
- Which malfunction p0107 or p0108 is duplicated p0107 or p0108
- Vacuum hoses
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Reconnect the parts
- Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold ok or ng
- Inspection start
- Go to 2
- Ec 561
- Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Check the following for connection
- Check intake system
- Air duct
- Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 562
- Manifold absolute pressure sensor
- Ec 563
- Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Start engine and let it idle
- Removal and installation
- Refer to em 18 air cleaner and air duct
- Manifold absolute pressure sensor
- Ec 564
- Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Check the voltage between ecm terminal 51 and ground at idling and confirm the voltage difference between engine is stopped and at idling is within following chart
- Check the manifold absolute pressure sensor value corresponds to the atmospheric pressure
- Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode
- The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature the sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ecm the modified signal returns to the ecm as the engine coolant temperature input the sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature the electrical resistance of the ther mistor decreases as temperature increases
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 565
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Component description
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Ec 566
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 567
- Ec 568
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Engine coolant temperature sensor
- Ec 569
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion
- Ec 570
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Ec 571
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 573
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Ec 574
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 575
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 576
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Throttle position sensor
- Removal and installation
- Electric throttle control actuator
- To judge the malfunction the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high
- The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 577
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Ec 578
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 579
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Cr without euro obd
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 580
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 581
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii
- Ec 582
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Without consult ii
- Removal and installation
- Heated oxygen sensor 1
- Ec 583
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Cr without euro obd
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is not input the ecm circuits will read a continuous approximately 0 v therefore for this diagnosis the time that output voltage is within 200 to 400 mv range is monitored and the diagnosis checks that this time is not inordinately long
- The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 584
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Overall function check
- Ec 585
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Cr without euro obd
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 587
- Ec 588
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Cr without euro obd
- Without consult ii
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii
- Ec 589
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Cr without euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Heated oxygen sensor 1
- Ec 590
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving condition such as fuel cut
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test
- Ec 591
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Cr without euro obd
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Ec 592
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 593
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Cr without euro obd
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 594
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Ec 595
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Cr without euro obd
- Without consult ii
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii
- Ec 596
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- Heated oxygen sensor 2
- Ec 597
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10v at idle
- Fail safe mode
- Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion
- Ec 598
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Ec 599
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Retighten ground connections
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 601
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 602
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 603
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Throttle position sensor
- Removal and installation
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 604
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 605
- Dtc p0327 p0328 ks
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Component description
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 607
- Dtc p0327 p0328 ks
- Removal and installation
- Knock sensor
- Ec 608
- Dtc p0327 p0328 ks
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 v with igni tion switch on
- Ec 609
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- The crankshaft position sensor pos is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth cogs of the signal plate at the end of the crankshaft it detects the fluctuation of the engine rev olution the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when the engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes the ecm receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure
- Specification data are reference values
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Ec 610
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Cr without euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 611
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Cr without euro obd
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 612
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Cr without euro obd
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 613
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Diagnostic procedure
- Ec 614
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Cr without euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Ec 615
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Crankshaft position sensor pos
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Component description
- With consult ii
- Turn ignition switch on
- The camshaft position sensor phase senses the retraction with camshaft intake to identify a particular cylinder the camshaft posi tion sensor phase senses the piston position when the crankshaft position sensor pos system becomes inoper ative the camshaft position sensor phase provides various con trols of engine parts instead utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 v with igni tion switch on
- Ec 616
- Without consult ii
- Ec 617
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Cr without euro obd
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Does the engine turn over does the starter motor operate
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Check starting system refer to sc 45 starting system
- Check starting system
- Yes or no
- Turn ignition switch to start position
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 619
- Ec 620
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 621
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Cr without euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Ec 622
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Camshaft position sensor phase
- Without consult ii
- Procedure for malfunction a with consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 623
- Dtc p0605 ecm
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Component description
- Without consult ii
- Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii
- Procedure for malfunction b with consult ii
- Ec 624
- Dtc p0605 ecm
- Cr without euro obd
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 625
- Dtc p0605 ecm
- Diagnostic procedure
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 626
- Dtc p1065 ecm power supply
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Component description
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 627
- Dtc p1065 ecm power supply
- Cr without euro obd
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 628
- Dtc p1065 ecm power supply
- Diagnostic procedure
- Ec 629
- Dtc p1065 ecm power supply
- Cr without euro obd
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 630
- Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Cr without euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 631
- Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 632
- Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 633
- Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
- Ec 634
- Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- Without consult ii
- Procedure for malfunction a and b with consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 635
- Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Component description
- Without consult ii
- Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii
- Ec 636
- Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 637
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Description
- Cr without euro obd
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 639
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 640
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 641
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Cr without euro obd
- Throttle control motor
- Removal and installation
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 642
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- With consult ii
- Component description
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 1 second 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 if dtc is detected go to ec 646 diagnostic procedure
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic
- Testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 8v
- Specification data are reference values
- Procedure for dtc p1124
- Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ecm via throttle control motor relay the throttle control motor relay is on off controlled by the ecm when the ignition switch is turned on the ecm sends an on signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ecm when the ignition switch is turned off the ecm sends an off signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not provided to the ecm
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 643
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Without consult ii
- Procedure for dtc p1126 with consult ii
- Ec 644
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Cr without euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 645
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Cr without euro obd
- Ok or ng
- Go to 2
- Ec 646
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Check throttle control motor relay power supply circuit i
- Voltage battery voltage
- Turn ignition switch off 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 104 and ground with consult ii or tester
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 647
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 648
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Cr without euro obd
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 649
- Dtc p1128 throttle control motor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Component description
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 651
- Dtc p1128 throttle control motor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Throttle control motor
- Ec 652
- Dtc p1128 throttle control motor
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- Refer to em 18 air cleaner and air duct
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 653
- Dtc p1128 throttle control motor
- Cr without euro obd
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 654
- Dtc p1171 intake error
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 655
- Dtc p1171 intake error
- Cr without euro obd
- Without consult ii
- Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 5 seconds 2 turn ignition switch off wait at least 10 seconds and then turn on 3 perform diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results with ecm 4 if dtc is detected go to ec 657 diagnostic procedure
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace
- Listen for an intake air leak after the air cleaner element ok or ng
- Ec 657
- Dtc p1171 intake error
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Check vacuum hose
- Check intake manifold vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection refer to ec 509 vacuum hose drawing ok or ng
- Check intake air leak
- Ec 658
- Dtc p1171 intake error
- Cr without euro obd
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 659
- Dtc p1171 intake error
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 660
- Dtc p1211 tcs control unit
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Diagnostic procedure
- Description
- Cr without euro obd
- Dtc p1212 tcs communication line
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Diagnostic procedure
- Description
- Cr without euro obd
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 661
- The ecm controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed engine coolant temperature refrigerant pressure and air conditioner on signal the control system has 3 step control high low off models with a c or 2 step control on off models without a c the ecm controls cooling fan relays through can communication line
- System description
- Operation models with a c
- If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1010 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 552 dtc u1010 can communication
- If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 549 dtc u1001 can communication line
- Ec 662
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Cr without euro obd
- Cooling fan control
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Caution when a malfunction is indicated be sure to replace the coolant refer to co 9 changing engine coolant also replace the engine oil refer to lu 7 changing engine oil 1 fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio refer to ma 26 engine coolant mixture ratio
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Models without a c
- If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions engine coolant temperature will rise when the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition a malfunction is indicated this self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic
- Ec 663
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Without consult ii models with air conditioner
- With consult ii
- Overall function check
- Ec 664
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Cr without euro obd
- Models without air conditioner
- Ec 665
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Cr without euro obd
- Models without air conditioner
- Ec 667
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Cr without euro obd
- Procedure for models with air conditioner
- Ec 668
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 669
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Cr without euro obd
- Procedure a
- Ec 670
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Cr without euro obd
- Procedure b
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Ec 671
- Cr without euro obd
- Procedure for models without air conditioner
- Ec 672
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Cr without euro obd
- Procedure a
- Ec 673
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Cr without euro obd
- Replace ipdm e r refer to pg 18 ipdm e r intelligent power distribution mod
- Check the following
- Replace cooling fan motor
- Check intermittent incident
- Repair or replace harness or connector
- Check cooling fan motors circuit
- Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors
- Check cooling fan motor
- Refer to ec 675 component inspection ok or ng
- Also check harness for short to ground and short to power ok or ng
- Perform ec 542 trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident ok or ng
- Main 12 causes of overheating
- Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ipdm e r
- Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ground
- Go to 4
- Ec 674
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector 2 check harness continuity between cooling fan motor terminal 1 and ipdm e r terminal 10 cooling fan motor terminal 2 and ground refer to wiring diagram
- Detect malfunctioning part
- Cr without euro obd
- Continuity should exist
- Ec 675
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector 2 supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation
- Cr without euro obd
- Cooling fan motor
- Component inspection
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 676
- Dtc p1225 tp sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Component description
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 677
- Dtc p1225 tp sensor
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 678
- Dtc p1226 tp sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Component description
- Ec 679
- Dtc p1226 tp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 680
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Lhd models
- Ec 681
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Cr without euro obd
- Cr without euro obd
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 682
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Rhd models
- Ec 683
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Cr without euro obd
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 684
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 685
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 686
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Ec 687
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Cr without euro obd
- Turn ignition switch on 2 select p n posi sw in data monitor mode with con sult ii then check the p n posi sw signal under the follow ing conditions
- Turn ignition switch on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 102 pnp switch signal and ground under the following conditions
- Specification data are reference values
- Overall function check
- On board diagnosis logic
- If ng go to ec 690 diagnostic procedure
- Ec 688
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- When the shift lever position is neutral park neutral position pnp switch is on ecm detects the position because the continuity of the line the on signal exists
- Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park neutral position pnp switch circuit during this check a 1st trip dtc might not be confirmed
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 689
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 690
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 691
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Cr without euro obd
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 692
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- With consult ii
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi light up
- Turn ignition switch on 2 fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds 3 erase the dtc with consult ii 4 select data monitor mode with consult ii 5 if dtc is detected go to ec 696 diagnostic procedure
- This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 693
- Dtc p1805 brake switch
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Description
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Brake switch signal is applied to the ecm through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed this signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving
- Without consult ii
- Ec 694
- Dtc p1805 brake switch
- Cr without euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 695
- Dtc p1805 brake switch
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 696
- Dtc p1805 brake switch
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 697
- Dtc p1805 brake switch
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Stop lamp switch
- Ec 698
- Dtc p1805 brake switch
- Cr without euro obd
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2122 or p2123 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 680 dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 699
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Ec 700
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Lhd models
- Ec 701
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 702
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Cr without euro obd
- Rhd models
- Ec 703
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 704
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Ec 705
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Accelerator pedal position sensor
- Ec 706
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- Ec 707
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Accelerator pedal
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 708
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic
- The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10v at idle
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Ec 709
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 711
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 713
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 714
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 715
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Accelerator pedal position sensor
- Ec 716
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Ec 717
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Accelerator pedal
- Fail safe mode
- Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion
- Ec 718
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10v at idle
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Ec 719
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Ok or ng
- Ec 721
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ec 722
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 723
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Throttle position sensor
- Removal and installation
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 724
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2138 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 680 dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 725
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- With consult ii
- Ec 726
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Without consult ii
- Wiring diagram
- Lhd models
- Ec 727
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 728
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Rhd models
- Ec 729
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Cr without euro obd
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Ec 730
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Ec 731
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 732
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 733
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Ec 734
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Accelerator pedal position sensor
- Accelerator pedal
- Electrical load signal
- Ec 735
- Diagnostic procedure
- Description
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Check load signal indication under the following conditions
- Check load signal circuit overall function ii
- Check load signal circuit overall function i
- Turn ignition switch on 2 connect consult ii and select data monitor mode 3 select load signal and check indication under the following conditions
- The electrical load signal headlamp switch signal rear window defogger switch signal etc is transferred through the can communication line from ipdm e r to ecm
- Specification data are reference values
- Ok or ng
- Go to 5
- Go to 4
- Electrical load signal
- Ec 736
- Cr without euro obd
- Specification data are reference values
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Ec 737
- Description
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister the opening of the vapor by pass pas sage in the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats on off operation according to the signal sent from the ecm the opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control the optimum value stored in the ecm is determined by considering various engine conditions when the engine is operating the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister is regulated as the air flow changes
- The evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a on off duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canis ter the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by on off pulses from the ecm the longer the on pulse the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve
- System description
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Ec 739
- Cr without euro obd
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Ec 740
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Ec 741
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 742
- Cr without euro obd
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Without consult ii
- Removal and installation
- Refer to em 18 air cleaner and air duct
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve with consult ii
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Ec 743
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Check air passage continuity of evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions
- Specification data are reference values
- Fuel injector
- Ec 744
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- The fuel injector is a small precise solenoid valve when the ecm supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit the coil in the fuel injec tor is energized the energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold the amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura tion pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open the ecm controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs
- Wiring diagram
- Fuel injector
- Ec 745
- Cr without euro obd
- Turn ignition switch to start is any cylinder ignited yes or no
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Inspection start
- Go to 3
- Fuel injector
- Ec 746
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Fuel injector
- Ec 747
- Cr without euro obd
- Fuel injector
- Ec 748
- Cr without euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Fuel injector
- Ec 749
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Specification data are reference values
- Fuel pump
- Ec 750
- Description
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank
- The ecm activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine startability if the ecm receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor pos and cam shaft position sensor phase it knows that the engine is rotating and causes the pump to operate if the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is on the engine stalls the ecm stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging thereby improving safety the ecm does not directly drive the fuel pump it controls the on off fuel pump relay which in turn controls the fuel pump
- System description
- Wiring diagram
- Fuel pump
- Ec 751
- Cr without euro obd
- Fuel pump
- Ec 752
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Fuel pump
- Ec 753
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 754
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Fuel pump
- Resistance approximately 0 5 ω at 25 c 77 f
- Removal and installation
- Refer to fl 4 fuel level sensor unit fuel filter and fuel pump assembly
- Fuel pump
- Ec 755
- Cr without euro obd
- Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminals 1 and 3
- The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v
- Specification data are reference values
- Ec 756
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Ec 757
- Cr without euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 758
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 759
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii
- Ec 760
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Without consult ii
- Ec 761
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 762
- Cr without euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Heated oxygen sensor 1
- The ecm performs on off duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine speed and engine coolant temperature the duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine is started
- System description
- Specification data are reference values
- Operation
- Ho2s1 heater
- Ec 763
- Description
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Go to 2
- Ec 765
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Check overall function
- Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 turn ignition switch on 4 set tester prove between ecm terminal 24 ho2s1 heater signal and ground 5 start engine and let it idle 6 check the voltage under the following conditions verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal waves as shown below
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ok or ng
- Ho2s1 heater
- Ho2s1 heater
- Ec 766
- Cr without euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Ho2s1 heater
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
- Heated oxygen sensor 1
- Ec 767
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation
- Specification data are reference values
- Ec 768
- Cr without euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 769
- Cr without euro obd
- The voltage does not remain in the range of 0 0 v
- Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 start engine and keep the engine speed between 3 500 and 4 000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load 4 let engine idle for 1 minute 5 set voltmeter probes between ecm terminal 16 ho2s2 signal and ground 6 check the voltage while revving up to 4 000 rpm under no load at least 10 times depress and release the accelerator pedal as quickly as possible
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ok or ng
- Go to 2
- Ec 770
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Check overall function i
- Ec 771
- Cr without euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii
- Ec 772
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Without consult ii
- Removal and installation
- Heated oxygen sensor 2
- Ec 773
- Cr without euro obd
- Ho2s2 heater
- Ec 774
- Description
- Cr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- The ecm performs on off control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature
- System description
- Specification data are reference values
- Operation
- Wiring diagram
- Ho2s2 heater
- Ec 775
- Cr without euro obd
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ok or ng
- Ho2s2 heater
- Go to 2
- Ec 776
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Check overall function
- Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 start engine and keep the engine speed between 3 500 and 4 000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load 4 let engine idle for 1 minute 5 set voltmeter proves between ecm terminal 2 ho2s2 heater signal and ground 6 check the voltage under the following conditions
- Ho2s2 heater
- Ec 777
- Cr without euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Ho2s2 heater
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
- Heated oxygen sensor 2
- Ec 778
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Iat sensor
- Ec 779
- Cr without euro obd
- Component description
- Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in damage to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- The intake air temperature sensor is built into manifold absolute pressure sensor the sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ecm the temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise
- Iat sensor
- Ec 781
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Iat sensor
- Ec 782
- Cr without euro obd
- Manifold absolute pressure sensor
- Intake air temperature sensor
- If ng replace manifold absolute pressure sensor with intake air temperature sensor
- Iat sensor
- Ec 783
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Check resistance between manifold absolute pressure sensor terminals 3 and 4 under the following conditions
- Removal and installation
- Refer to em 18 air cleaner and air duct
- Wiring diagram
- Ignition signal
- Ec 785
- Cr without euro obd
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ignition signal
- Ec 786
- Cr without euro obd
- Ignition signal
- Ec 787
- Cr without euro obd
- Cr without euro obd
- Check overall function
- Check engine start
- With consult ii 1 perform power balance in active test mode with consult ii 2 make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop ok or ng
- Turn ignition switch off and restart engine is engine running yes or no
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ignition signal
- Go to 4
- Go to 10
- Ec 788
- Diagnostic procedure
- Ignition signal
- Ec 789
- Cr without euro obd
- Ignition signal
- Ec 790
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 791
- Cr without euro obd
- Ignition signal
- Ignition signal
- Ignition coil with power transistor
- Ec 792
- Cr without euro obd
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- Ignition signal
- Ignition coil with power transistor
- Ec 793
- Cr without euro obd
- Condenser
- Wiring diagram
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Ec 795
- Cr without euro obd
- Voltage 1 4 v
- Turn a c switch and blower fan switch off 2 turn ignition switch off 3 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection
- Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn a c switch and blower fan switch on 3 check voltage between ecm terminal 69 and ground with con sult ii or tester
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Ok or ng
- Go to 2
- Ec 796
- Diagnostic procedure
- Cr without euro obd
- Check refrigerant pressure sensor overall function
- Check ground connections
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Ec 797
- Cr without euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Ec 798
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 799
- Diagnostic procedure
- Description
- Cr without euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
- Fuel pressure
- Fuel injector
- Engine coolant temperature sensor
- Ec 801
- Crankshaft position sensor pos
- Throttle control motor
- Cr without euro obd
- Service data and specifications sds
- Camshaft position sensor phase
- Refer to ec 622 component inspection
- Refer to ec 615 component inspection
- Manifold absolute pressure sensor
- Knock sensor
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
- Intake air temperature sensor
- Idle speed
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
- Service data and specifications sds
- Fuel pump
- Ec 802
- Cr without euro obd
- Ec 803
- Dtc no index
- Index for dtc
- If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 928 dtc u1010 can communication
- If dtc u1000 or u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 925 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line
- Hr with euro obd
- Index for dtc
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 804
- Index for dtc
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 805
- Index for dtc
- If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 928 dtc u1010 can communication
- If dtc u1000 or u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 925 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 806
- Alphabetical index
- Index for dtc
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 807
- Index for dtc
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 808
- Rhd models
- Precautions for supplemental restraint system srs air bag and seat belt pre tensioner
- Precautions for procedures without cowl top cover
- Precautions
- On board diagnostic obd system of engine and a t
- Maintenance information
- Lhd models
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 809
- Ec 810
- Precautions
- Precaution
- Hr with euro obd
- Precautions
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 811
- Precautions
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 812
- Precautions
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 813
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body
- Preparation
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 814
- Special service tools
- Preparation
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 815
- Commercial service tools
- System description
- Multiport fuel injection mfi system
- Input output signal chart
- Hr with euro obd
- Hot engine operation
- Engine control system
- Ec 817
- During warm up
- During high engine speed operation
- During deceleration
- During acceleration
- When starting the engine
- When shift lever is changed from n to d a t models
- Various fuel injection increase decrease compensation
- The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ecm the ecm controls the length of time the valve remains open injection pulse duration the amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ecm memory the program value is preset by engine operating conditions these conditions are determined by input signals for engine speed and intake air from the crankshaft position sensor pos camshaft position sensor phase and the mass air flow sensor
- Open loop control
- Mixture ratio self learning control
- Mixture ratio feedback control closed loop control
- Hr with euro obd
- Engine control system
- Ec 818
- Electronic ignition ei system
- Ec 819
- During warm up
- Two types of systems are used
- At starting
- At low battery voltage
- System description
- At idle
- Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system
- Sequential multiport fuel injection system
- Input output signal chart
- Hr with euro obd
- Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds
- Fuel shut off
- Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle in other words pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ecm the four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle this system is used when the engine is being started and or if the fail safe system cpu is operating
- Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order this system is used when the engine is running
- Fuel injection timing
- Firing order 1 3 4 2 the ignition timing is controlled by the ecm to maintain the best air fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine the ignition timing data is stored in the ecm the ecm receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor phase sig nal computing this information ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor during the following conditions the ignition timing is revised by the ecm according to the other data stored in the ecm
- Engine control system
- Engine control system
- Ec 820
- During acceleration the knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies the basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti knocking zone if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions the retard system does not operate under normal driving conditions if engine knocking occurs the knock sensor monitors the condition the signal is transmitted to the ecm the ecm retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition
- System description
- Input output signal chart
- If the engine speed is above 2 500 rpm under no load for example the shift lever position is neutral and engine speed is over 2 500 rpm fuel will be cut off after some time the exact time when the fuel is cut off var ies based on engine speed fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 2 000 rpm then fuel cut will be cancelled note this function is different from deceleration control listed under ec 817 multiport fuel injection mfi system
- Hr with euro obd
- Fuel cut control at no load and high engine speed
- When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high
- When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed
- When engine speed is excessively low
- When cranking the engine
- This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used under the following conditions the air conditioner is turned off
- System description
- Input output signal chart
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 821
- At high engine speeds
- Air conditioning cut control
- When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high
- When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed
- System description
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 822
- Can communication
- The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system this reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the evap canister the fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the evap canister which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank the vapor in the evap canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ecm when the engine operates the flow rate of vapor controlled by evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating
- System description
- Hr with euro obd
- Evaporative emission system
- Ec 823
- Description
- Hr with euro obd
- Evaporative emission system
- Evaporative emission line drawing
- Ec 824
- Hr with euro obd
- Evaporative emission system
- Ec 825
- Hr with euro obd
- Fuel tank vacuum relief valve built into fuel filler cap
- Evaporative emission system
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Evap canister
- Ec 826
- Component inspection
- Nats nissan anti theft system
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 827
- Description
- Description
- Component inspection
- System description
- Positive crankcase ventilation
- Pcv positive crankcase ventilation valve
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 828
- Positive crankcase ventilation
- Pcv valve ventilation hose
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 829
- Check hoses and hose connections for leaks 2 disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air if any hose cannot be freed of obstructions replace
- The ecm has an on board diagnostic system which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua tors the ecm also records various emission related diagnostic information including
- The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Introduction
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 830
- When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm cannot warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function
- Two trip detection logic
- The trip in the two trip detection logic means a driving mode in which self diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ecm to light up or blink the mi and store dtc and freeze frame data even in the 1st trip as shown below
- The malfunction indicator mi on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips two trip detection logic or when the ecm enters fail safe mode refer to ec 870 fail safe chart
- The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Hr with euro obd
- Emission related diagnostic information items
- Emission related diagnostic information
- Ec 831
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 832
- How to read dtc and 1st trip dtc
- Ec 833
- Dtc and 1st trip dtc
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Hr with euro obd
- System readiness test srt code
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Hr with euro obd
- Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data
- Ec 834
- When all srt related self diagnoses showed ok results in a single cycle ignition off on off the srt will indicate cmplt case 1 above
- The table below shows required self diagnostic items to set the srt to cmplt
- Srt set timing
- Srt item
- Srt is set as cmplt after self diagnosis has been performed one or more times completion of srt is done regardless of whether the result is ok or ng the set timing is different between ok and ng results and is shown in the table below
- On board diagnostic obd system
- If during the state emissions inspection the srt indicates cmplt for all test items the inspector will con tinue with the emissions test however if the srt indicates incmp for one or more of the srt items the vehicle is returned to the customer untested note if mi is on during the state emissions inspection the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even though the srt indicates cmplt for all test items therefore it is important to check srt cmplt and dtc no dtcs before the inspection
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 835
- Srt service procedure
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 836
- With consult ii selecting srt status in dtc srt confirmation mode with consult ii for items whose srt codes are set a cmplt is displayed on the consult ii screen for items whose srt codes are not set incmp is displayed a sample of consult ii display for srt code is shown in the fig ure incmp means the self diagnosis is incomplete and srt is not set cmplt means the self diagnosis is complete and srt is set
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Hr with euro obd
- How to display srt code
- Ec 837
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Hr with euro obd
- How to set srt code
- Ec 838
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 839
- Driving pattern
- On board diagnostic obd system
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 840
- With consult ii the emission related diagnostic information in the ecm can be erased by selecting erase in the self diag results mode with consult ii if dtcs are displayed for both ecm and tcm transmission control module they need to be erased individu ally from the ecm and tcm transmission control module note if the dtc is not for a t related items see ec 803 index for dtc skip steps 2 through 4 1 if the ignition switch stays on after repair work be sure to turn ignition switch off once wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it on engine stopped again 2 turn consult ii on and touch a t 3 touch self diag results 4 touch erase the dtc in the tcm transmission control module will be erased then touch back twice 5 touch engine 6 touch self diag results 7 touch erase the dtc in the ecm will be erased
- The following is the information specified in service 06 of iso 15031 5 the test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system circuit diagnostic test is ok or ng while being monitored by the ecm during self diagnosis the test limit is a reference value which is specified as the maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored these data test value and test limit are specified by test id tid and component id cid and can be dis played on the gst screen
- Test value and test limit gst only not applicable to consult ii
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Hr with euro obd
- How to erase emission related diagnostic information how to erase dtc
- Ec 841
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 842
- Ec 843
- Description
- When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm cannot warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function
- The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions
- The mi is located on the instrument panel 1 the mi will light up when the ignition switch is turned on without the engine running this is a bulb check if the mi does not light up check mi circuit refer to di 32 warning lamps or see ec 1236 mi data link con nectors 2 when the engine is started the mi should go off if the mi remains on the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction
- Test values actual work procedures are explained using a dtc as an example be careful so that not only the dtc but all of the data listed above are cleared from the ecm memory during work procedures
- On board diagnostic system function
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Malfunction indicator mi
- Hr with euro obd
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Mi flashing without dtc
- Hr with euro obd
- How to switch diagnostic test mode
- How to set diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results
- How to set diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor
- How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results
- Ec 844
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Hr with euro obd
- How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results
- Ec 845
- Diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results
- Diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor
- Diagnostic test mode i malfunction warning
- Diagnostic test mode i bulb check
- The dtc and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times driving pattern a without the same malfunction recurring except for misfire and fuel injection system for misfire and fuel injection system the dtc and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times driving pattern c without the same malfunction recurring the time in self diagnostic results mode of consult ii will count the number of times the vehicle is driven
- The 1st trip dtc is not displayed when the self diagnosis results in ok for the 2nd trip
- Summary chart
- Relationship between mi 1st trip dtc dtc and detectable items
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Obd system operation chart
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 846
- When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips the dtc and the freeze frame data are stored in the ecm memory and the mi will come on for details refer to ec 830 two trip detection logic
- When a malfunction is detected for the first time the 1st trip dtc and the 1st trip freeze frame data are stored in the ecm memory
- To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function start engine in the diagnostic test mode ii and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge next run engine at about 2 000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load conditions then make sure that the mi comes on more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2 000 rpm under no load
- The mi will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times driving pattern b with no malfunction the drive is counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met as stored in the ecm if another malfunction occurs while counting the counter will reset
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Hr with euro obd
- Fuel injection system
- Ec 847
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 848
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Hr with euro obd
- Fuel injection system
- Ec 849
- Ec 850
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Hr with euro obd
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 851
- Basic service procedure
- Basic inspection
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 852
- Basic service procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 853
- Basic service procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 854
- Basic service procedure
- Basic service procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 855
- With gst
- Method b
- Method a
- Ignition timing
- Idle speed with consult ii
- Idle speed and ignition timing check
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 856
- Basic service procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 857
- Description
- Basic service procedure
- Accelerator pedal released position learning
- Throttle valve closed position learning
- Operation procedure
- Preparation
- Operation procedure with consult ii
- Idle air volume learning
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 858
- Description
- Basic service procedure
- Without consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 859
- Basic service procedure
- Ec 860
- Diagnostic procedure
- Basic service procedure
- Without consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Fuel pressure release with consult ii
- Fuel pressure check
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 861
- Basic service procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 862
- Basic service procedure
- Trouble diagnosis introduction
- Trouble diagnosis
- Introduction
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 863
- Detailed flow
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 865
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 866
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 867
- Diagnostic worksheet description
- If some dtcs are displayed at the same time perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart note
- If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 928 dtc u1010 can communication
- If dtc u1000 or u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 925 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 869
- Dtc inspection priority chart
- Trouble diagnosis
- When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm cannot warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction
- When the dtc listed below is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Fail safe chart
- Ec 870
- Trouble diagnosis
- System basic engine control system
- Symptom matrix chart
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 871
- Trouble diagnosis
- System engine mechanical other
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 872
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 873
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 874
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Engine control component parts location
- Ec 875
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 876
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 877
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 878
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 879
- Vacuum hose drawing
- Trouble diagnosis
- Refer to ec 816 system diagram for vacuum control system
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 880
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 881
- Circuit diagram
- Data is for comparison and may not be exact
- When disconnecting ecm harness connector loosen a it with levers 1 as far as they will go as shown in the figure
- Vehicle front
- Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time
- Trouble diagnosis
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecms transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Preparation
- Hr with euro obd
- Fasten b 3 connect a break out box sst and y cable adapter sst between the ecm and ecm harness connector
- Ecm terminals and reference value
- Ecm inspection table
- Ecm harness connector terminal layout
- Ecm 1 is located in the engine room left side near battery
- Ec 883
- Disconnect ecm harness connector
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 884
- Trouble diagnosis
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 885
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 886
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 887
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 888
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 889
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 890
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Function
- Ec 891
- Consult ii function engine
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Engine control component parts control systems application
- Ec 892
- Inspection procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data
- Ec 893
- Work support mode work item
- Trouble diagnosis
- Self diag results mode self diagnostic item
- Regarding items of dtc and 1st trip dtc refer to ec 831 emission related diagnostic informa tion items
- Refer to gi 36 consult ii start procedure
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 894
- Data monitor mode monitored item
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 895
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 896
- Active test mode test item
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 897
- Data monitor spec mode monitored item
- Trouble diagnosis
- This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the srt while monitoring the srt status
- The malfunction will be identified on the consult ii screen in real time in other words dtc 1st trip dtc and malfunction item will be displayed if the malfunction is detected by ecm at the moment a malfunction is detected by ecm moni tor in data monitor screen is changed to recording data xx as shown at right and the data after the mal function detection is recorded then when the percentage reached 100 real time diag screen is displayed if stop is touched on the screen during recording data xx real time diag screen is also displayed
- Srt work support mode
- Real time diagnosis in data monitor mode recording vehicle data description
- Hr with euro obd
- For details refer to ec 834 system readiness test srt code
- Ec 898
- Dtc work support mode
- Dtc srt confirmation mode srt status mode
- Consult ii has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching setting in data monitor mode 1 auto trig automatic trigger
- Ec 899
- Trouble diagnosis
- Operation
- Hr with euro obd
- Turn ignition switch off 2 connect gst to data link connector 1 which is located under lh dash panel
- Trouble diagnosis
- Inspection procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Generic scan tool obdii scan tool complying with iso 15031 4 has 8 different functions explained below iso9141 is used as the protocol the name gst or generic scan tool is used in this service man ual
- Generic scan tool gst function
- Function
- Ec 900
- Description
- Trouble diagnosis
- Perform each diagnostic service according to each service pro cedure for further information see the gst operation manual of the tool maker
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 901
- Turn ignition switch on 4 enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in the operation manual regarding gst screens in this section sample screens are shown
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 902
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 903
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 904
- Eng speed mas a f se b1 thrtl sen 1 ho2s2 b1 inj pulse b1
- Ec 905
- Clsd thl pos accel sen 1 thrtl sen 1
- Below is the data for eng speed mas a f se b1 thrtl sen 1 ho2s2 b1 and inj pulse b1 when revving engine quickly up to 4 800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently each value is for reference the exact value may vary
- Below is the data for clsd thl pos accel sen 1 and thrtl sen 1 when depressing the accelera tor pedal with the ignition switch on and with shift lever in d position a t 1st position m t the signal of accel sen 1 and thrtl sen 1 should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise after clsd thl pos is changed from on to off
- Trouble diagnosis
- The following are the major sensor reference graphs in data monitor mode
- Major sensor reference graph in data monitor mode
- Hr with euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Testing condition
- Inspection procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 907
- Description
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 909
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 910
- Detailed procedure
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 911
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 912
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 913
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 914
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 915
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 916
- Trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 917
- Diagnostic procedure
- Description
- Ok or ng
- Inspection start
- Hr with euro obd
- Go to 3
- Go to 2
- Ec 919
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ecm power supply circuit i
- Voltage battery voltage
- Turn ignition switch off and then on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 93 and ground with con sult ii or tester
- Start engine is engine running yes or no
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 920
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 921
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 922
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 923
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Hr with euro obd
- Ground inspection
- Ec 924
- Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 3 seconds 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 927 diagnostic procedure
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 925
- Dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Description
- Can controller area network is a serial communication line for real time application it is an on vehicle mul tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability many elec tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation not independent in can communication control units are connected with 2 communication lines can h line can l line allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring each control unit transmits receives data but selectively reads required data only
- Ec 927
- Dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Go to lan 3 precautions when using consult ii
- With gst
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 928
- Dtc u1010 can communication
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Description
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 929
- Dtc u1010 can communication
- Diagnostic procedure
- Description
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve the ecm receives signals such as crankshaft position camshaft position engine speed and engine coolant temperature then the ecm sends on off pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve depending on driving status this makes it possible to control the shut open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low mid speed range and output in high speed range
- System description
- Specification data are reference values
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 930
- Dtc p0011 ivt control
- Let engine idle for 10 seconds 5 if the 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 932 diagnostic procedure if the 1st trip dtc is not detected go to next step 6 maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds
- If dtc p0011 is displayed with dtc p1111 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p1111 see ec 1077 dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve
- If dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is between 10v and 16v at idle
- Hr with euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ecm enters in fail safe mode when the malfunction is detected
- Ec 931
- Dtc p0011 ivt control
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Caution always drive at a safe speed note
- With consult ii
- Turn ignition switch on and select data monitor mode with consult ii 2 start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera ture 3 maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive sec onds hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible
- The mi will not light up for these self diagnoses
- On board diagnosis logic
- With gst
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 932
- Dtc p0011 ivt control
- Diagnostic procedure
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 933
- Dtc p0011 ivt control
- Component inspection
- Ec 934
- Dtc p0011 ivt control
- Removal and installation
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
- Hr with euro obd
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic
- The mass air flow sensor 1 is placed in the stream of intake air it measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow the mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount the heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it the more air the greater the heat loss therefore the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases the ecm detects the air flow by means of this current change
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 935
- Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- With gst
- Procedure for dtc p0103 with consult ii
- Procedure for dtc p0102 with consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 936
- Wiring diagram
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 937
- Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor
- Go to 3
- Ec 938
- Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check the following for connection
- Check intake system
- Air duct
- Which malfunction p0102 or p0103 is duplicated p0102 or p0103
- Vacuum hoses
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Reconnect the parts
- Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold ok or ng
- Inspection start
- Hr with euro obd
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 939
- Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor
- Mass air flow sensor with consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 940
- Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor
- Component inspection
- Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor
- Without consult ii
- Removal and installation
- Mass air flow sensor
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 941
- With consult ii
- Turn ignition switch on 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 wait at least 5 seconds 4 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 945 diagnostic procedure
- The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor 1 the sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ecm the temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 942
- Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Component description
- Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in damage to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- With gst
- Hr with euro obd
- Follow the procedure with consult ii above
- Ec 943
- Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 945
- Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Removal and installation
- Mass air flow sensor
- Intake air temperature sensor
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 946
- Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor
- Component inspection
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic
- The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature the sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ecm the modified signal returns to the ecm as the engine coolant temperature input the sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature the electrical resistance of the ther mistor decreases as temperature increases
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 947
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Component description
- Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 948
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Wiring diagram
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 949
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 950
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Engine coolant temperature sensor
- Ec 951
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Component inspection
- Engine coolant temperature sensor
- Ec 952
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Removal and installation
- Refer to em 173 cylinder head
- If ng replace engine coolant temperature sensor
- Hr with euro obd
- When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p0122 or p0123 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1150 dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion
- Ec 953
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 954
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Wiring diagram
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 955
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 956
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 957
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Throttle position sensor
- Removal and installation
- Hr with euro obd
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 958
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Component inspection
- Ec 959
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- To judge the malfunction the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high
- The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 960
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Wiring diagram
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 961
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 962
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 963
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 964
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Component inspection
- Without consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii
- Ec 965
- Removal and installation
- Hr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1
- Ec 966
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 967
- Dtc p0133 ho2s1
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 this diagnosis measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal the time is compensated by engine operating speed and load fuel feedback control constant and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index judgment is based on whether the compensated time heated oxy gen sensor 1 cycling time index is inordinately long or not
- The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v
- With consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 968
- Dtc p0133 ho2s1
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- With gst
- Overall function check
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 969
- Dtc p0133 ho2s1
- Ec 971
- Dtc p0133 ho2s1
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr with euro obd
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 972
- Dtc p0133 ho2s1
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 973
- Dtc p0133 ho2s1
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 974
- Dtc p0133 ho2s1
- Dtc p0133 ho2s1
- Component inspection
- Hr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii
- Ec 975
- Without consult ii
- Removal and installation
- Hr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1
- Ec 976
- Dtc p0133 ho2s1
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 977
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is not input the ecm circuits will read a continuous approximately 0 v therefore for this diagnosis the time that output voltage is within 200 to 400 mv range is monitored and the diagnosis checks that this time is not inordinately long
- The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v
- With consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 978
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- With gst
- Overall function check
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 979
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Ec 981
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr with euro obd
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 982
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Without consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii
- Ec 983
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Component inspection
- Ec 984
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Removal and installation
- Hr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1
- The ecm performs on off duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine speed and engine coolant temperature the duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine is started
- System description
- Specification data are reference values
- Operation
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 985
- Dtc p0135 ho2s1 heater
- Description
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Ec 986
- Dtc p0135 ho2s1 heater
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 987
- Dtc p0135 ho2s1 heater
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 988
- Dtc p0135 ho2s1 heater
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 989
- Dtc p0135 ho2s1 heater
- Removal and installation
- Hr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
- Heated oxygen sensor 1
- Ec 990
- Dtc p0135 ho2s1 heater
- Component inspection
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 991
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving condition such as fuel cut
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation
- Specification data are reference values
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 992
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Wiring diagram
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 993
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 994
- Hr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii
- Ec 995
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Component inspection
- Without consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 996
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Removal and installation
- Refer to ex 3 exhaust system
- Hr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 2
- Ec 997
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the switching response of the sen sor s voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi tion such as fuel cut
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 998
- Dtc p0139 ho2s2
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Dtc p0139 ho2s2
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- With consult ii procedure for cond1
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 999
- With gst
- Procedure for cond3
- Procedure for cond2
- Overall function check
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1000
- Dtc p0139 ho2s2
- Wiring diagram
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1001
- Dtc p0139 ho2s2
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1002
- Dtc p0139 ho2s2
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1003
- Dtc p0139 ho2s2
- Hr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii
- Ec 1004
- Dtc p0139 ho2s2
- Component inspection
- Dtc p0139 ho2s2
- Without consult ii
- Removal and installation
- Hr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 2
- Ec 1005
- The ecm performs on off control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature
- System description
- Specification data are reference values
- Operation
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1006
- Dtc p0141 ho2s2 heater
- Description
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1007
- Dtc p0141 ho2s2 heater
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1009
- Dtc p0141 ho2s2 heater
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Ec 1010
- Dtc p0141 ho2s2 heater
- Hr with euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Hr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
- Heated oxygen sensor 2
- Ec 1011
- Dtc p0141 ho2s2 heater
- Component inspection
- The similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data means the vehicle operation that the following con ditions should be satisfied at the same time
- Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 turn ignition switch on and select self learning cont in work support mode with con sult ii 4 clear the self learning control coefficient by touching clear 5 select data monitor mode with consult ii 6 start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes the 1st trip dtc p0171 should be detected at this stage if a malfunction exists if so go to ec 1016 diagnostic procedure note if 1st trip dtc is not detected during above procedure perform ing the following procedure is advised a turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds b start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data for 10 minutes refer to the table below hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1012
- Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- With the air fuel mixture ratio self learning control the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1 the ecm calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios in case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large the actual mixture ratio is too lean the ecm judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the mi 2 trip detection logic
- With consult ii
- With gst
- The similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data means the vehicle operation that the following con ditions should be satisfied at the same time
- Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 disconnect mass air flow sensor 1 harness connector 4 restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds 5 stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con nector 6 select service 03 with gst make sure dtc p0102 is detected 7 select service 04 with gst and erase the dtc p0102 8 start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes 9 select service 07 with gst the 1st trip dtc p0171 should be detected at this stage if a malfunction exists if so go to ec 1016 diagnostic procedure note if 1st trip dtc is not detected during above procedure performing the following procedure is advised a turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds b start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data for 10 min utes refer to the table below hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible
- If it is difficult to start engine at step 8 the fuel injection system has a malfunction 11 crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal if engine starts go to ec 1016 diagnostic procedure
- If it is difficult to start engine at step 6 the fuel injection system has a malfunction too 8 crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal if engine starts go to ec 1016 diagnostic procedure if engine does not start check exhaust and intake air leak visually
- If engine does not start check exhaust and intake air leak visually
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1013
- Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1015
- Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1016
- Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1017
- Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1018
- Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test
- If it is difficult to start engine at step 6 the fuel injection system has a malfunction too
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1019
- Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- With the air fuel mixture ratio self learning control the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensors 1 the ecm calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios in case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large the actual mixture ratio is too rich the ecm judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the mi 2 trip detection logic
- With consult ii
- The similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data means the vehicle operation that the following con ditions should be satisfied at the same time
- Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 turn ignition switch on and select self learning cont in work support mode with con sult ii 4 clear the self learning control coefficient by touching clear 5 select data monitor mode with consult ii 6 start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes the 1st trip dtc p0172 should be detected at this stage if a malfunction exists if so go to ec 1023 diagnostic procedure note if 1st trip dtc is not detected during above procedure perform ing the following procedure is advised a turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds b start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data for 10 minutes refer to the table below hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible
- With gst
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1020
- Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function
- Wiring diagram
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1021
- Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1022
- Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1023
- Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1024
- Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1025
- Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function
- Fail safe mode
- Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion
- Ec 1026
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p0222 or p0223 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1150 dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1027
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1029
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1030
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Throttle position sensor
- Removal and installation
- Hr with euro obd
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 1031
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Component inspection
- Ec 1032
- Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire
- When a misfire occurs engine speed will fluctuate if the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank shaft position ckp sensor pos signal to vary ecm can determine that a misfire is occurring
- The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions 1 one trip detection logic three way catalyst damage on the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst twc due to over heating the mi will blink when a misfire condition occurs the ecm monitors the ckp sensor pos signal every 200 engine revo lutions for a change when the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the twc the mi will turn off if another misfire condition occurs that can damage the twc on a second trip the mi will blink when the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the twc the mi will remain on if another misfire condition occurs that can damage the twc the mi will begin to blink again 2 two trip detection logic exhaust quality deterioration for misfire conditions that will not damage the twc but will affect vehicle emissions the mi will only light when the misfire is detected on a second trip during this condition the ecm mo
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1033
- Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1034
- Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire
- Ec 1035
- Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire
- Hr with euro obd
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1036
- Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1037
- Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire
- With gst
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1038
- Dtc p0327 p0328 ks
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Component description
- Dtc p0327 p0328 ks
- Wiring diagram
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1039
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1040
- Dtc p0327 p0328 ks
- Diagnostic procedure
- Removal and installation
- Knock sensor
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1041
- Dtc p0327 p0328 ks
- Component inspection
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- The crankshaft position sensor pos is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth cogs of the signal plate at the end of the crankshaft it detects the fluctuation of the engine rev olution the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when the engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes the ecm receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1042
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1043
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1045
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1046
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1047
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Removal and installation
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1048
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Crankshaft position sensor pos
- Component inspection
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1049
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Component description
- The camshaft position sensor phase senses the protrusion of camshaft int to identify a particular cylinder the camshaft position sensor phase senses the piston position when the crankshaft position sensor pos system becomes inoper ative the camshaft position sensor phase provides various con trols of engine parts instead utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc p0340 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1150 dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1050
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Wiring diagram
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1051
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check starting system refer to sc 45 starting system
- Check starting system
- Yes or no
- Turn ignition switch to start position
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1052
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Does the engine turn over does the starter motor operate
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1053
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1054
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Component inspection
- Camshaft position sensor phase
- Camshaft position sensor phase
- Visually check the sensor for chipping
- Removal and installation
- Refer to em 151 camshaft
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1055
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Check resistance as shown in the figure
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1056
- Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1057
- Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function
- With gst
- Overall function check
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1058
- Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1059
- Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1060
- Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1061
- Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function
- Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1062
- This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister the opening of the vapor by pass pas sage in the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats on off operation according to the signal sent from the ecm the opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control the optimum value stored in the ecm is determined by considering various engine conditions when the engine is operating the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister is regulated as the air flow changes
- The evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a on off duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canis ter the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by on off pulses from the ecm the longer the on pulse the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve
- System description
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1063
- Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Description
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Ec 1064
- Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Wiring diagram
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1065
- Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1066
- Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1067
- Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Diagnostic procedure
- Component inspection
- Without consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve with consult ii
- Ec 1068
- Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Removal and installation
- Refer to em 120 intake manifold
- Hr with euro obd
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Ec 1069
- Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1070
- Dtc p0500 vss
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Description
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- With gst
- Overall function check
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1071
- Dtc p0500 vss
- Diagnostic procedure
- Procedure for malfunction a with consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 1072
- Dtc p0605 ecm
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Component description
- With gst
- With gst
- Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii
- Procedure for malfunction b with consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1073
- Dtc p0605 ecm
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1074
- Dtc p0605 ecm
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1075
- Dtc p1065 ecm
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Component description
- With gst
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1076
- Dtc p1065 ecm
- Diagnostic procedure
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by on off pulse duty ratio signals from the ecm the intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit or stops oil flow the longer pulse width advances valve angle the shorter pulse width retards valve angle when on and off pulse widths become equal the solenoid valve stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control position
- Hr with euro obd
- Following the procedure with consult ii above
- Ec 1077
- Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Turn ignition switch on 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds 4 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 1080 diagnostic proce dure
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1079
- Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1080
- Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve
- Diagnostic procedure
- Ec 1081
- Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
- Hr with euro obd
- Procedure for malfunction a and b with consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 1082
- Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Component description
- Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1083
- Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator
- Diagnostic procedure
- With gst
- Removal and installation
- With gst
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 1084
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Description
- Wiring diagram
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1085
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1086
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1087
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1088
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Component inspection
- Throttle control motor
- Removal and installation
- Hr with euro obd
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 1089
- Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ecm via throttle control motor relay the throttle control motor relay is on off controlled by the ecm when the ignition switch is turned on the ecm sends an on signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ecm when the ignition switch is turned off the ecm sends an off signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not provided to the ecm
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test
- Hr with euro obd
- Follow the procedure with consult ii above
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 1090
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- With gst
- When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 1 seconds 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 if dtc is detected go to ec 1093 diagnostic procedure
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic
- Specification data are reference values
- Procedure for dtc p1124 with consult ii
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 2 second 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds 4 if dtc is detected go to ec 1093 diagnostic procedure
- Testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 8v
- Procedure for dtc p1126
- Hr with euro obd
- Follow the procedure with consult ii above
- Ec 1091
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Check throttle control motor relay power supply circuit i
- Voltage battery voltage
- Turn ignition switch off 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 15 and ground with con sult ii or tester
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ok or ng
- Hr with euro obd
- Go to 2
- Ec 1093
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1094
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1095
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Component description
- With gst
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 1096
- Dtc p1128 throttle control motor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Wiring diagram
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1097
- Dtc p1128 throttle control motor
- Ec 1098
- Dtc p1128 throttle control motor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr with euro obd
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1099
- Dtc p1128 throttle control motor
- Throttle control motor
- Removal and installation
- Hr with euro obd
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 1100
- Dtc p1128 throttle control motor
- Component inspection
- Component description
- To judge the malfunction the output from the heated oxygen sensor 1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently high and whether the lean output is sufficiently low when both the outputs are shifting to the lean side the malfunction will be detected
- The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1101
- Dtc p1143 ho2s1
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- With consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1102
- Dtc p1143 ho2s1
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Ec 1103
- Dtc p1143 ho2s1
- Diagnostic procedure
- With gst
- Overall function check
- Hr with euro obd
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1104
- Dtc p1143 ho2s1
- Without consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii
- Ec 1105
- Dtc p1143 ho2s1
- Component inspection
- Hr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1
- Ec 1106
- Dtc p1143 ho2s1
- Removal and installation
- To judge the malfunction the output from the heated oxygen sensor 1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently high and lean output is sufficiently low when both the outputs are shifting to the rich side the malfunction will be detected
- The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1107
- Dtc p1144 ho2s1
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- With consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1108
- Dtc p1144 ho2s1
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Diagnostic procedure
- With gst
- Overall function check
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1109
- Dtc p1144 ho2s1
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1110
- Dtc p1144 ho2s1
- Hr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii
- Ec 1111
- Dtc p1144 ho2s1
- Component inspection
- Heated oxygen sensor 1
- Ec 1112
- Dtc p1144 ho2s1
- Without consult ii
- Removal and installation
- Hr with euro obd
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel cut
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1113
- Dtc p1146 ho2s2
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1114
- Dtc p1146 ho2s2
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- With consult ii procedure for cond1
- With gst
- Procedure for cond3
- Procedure for cond2
- Overall function check
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1115
- Dtc p1146 ho2s2
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1117
- Dtc p1146 ho2s2
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1118
- Dtc p1146 ho2s2
- Hr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii
- Ec 1119
- Dtc p1146 ho2s2
- Component inspection
- Without consult ii
- Removal and installation
- Hr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 2
- Ec 1120
- Dtc p1146 ho2s2
- Component description
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel cut
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1121
- Dtc p1147 ho2s2
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- With consult ii procedure for cond1
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1122
- Dtc p1147 ho2s2
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1123
- Dtc p1147 ho2s2
- With gst
- Procedure for cond3
- Procedure for cond2
- Overall function check
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1125
- Dtc p1147 ho2s2
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1126
- Dtc p1147 ho2s2
- Hr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii
- Ec 1127
- Dtc p1147 ho2s2
- Component inspection
- Without consult ii
- Removal and installation
- Hr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 2
- Ec 1128
- Dtc p1147 ho2s2
- Ec 1129
- Dtc p1212 tcs communication line
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Diagnostic procedure
- Description
- With gst
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- The ecm controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed engine coolant temperature refrigerant pressure and air conditioner on signal the control system has 3 step control high low off models with a c or 2 step control on off models without a c
- System description
- Models with a c
- If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1010 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 928 dtc u1010 can communication
- If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1000 or u1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 925 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1130
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Cooling fan operation
- Cooling fan control
- Cooling fan relay operation
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- The ecm controls cooling fan relays in the ipdm e r through can communication line
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Models without a c
- If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions engine coolant temperature will rise when the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition a malfunction is indicated this self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1131
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- With consult ii
- Overall function check
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1132
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1133
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- With gst models with air conditioner
- Models without air conditioner
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1134
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Wiring diagram
- Models with air conditioner
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1135
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Procedure for models with air conditioner
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1137
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Diagnostic procedure
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1138
- Procedure a
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1139
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1140
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Procedure for models without air conditioner
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1141
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1142
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Procedure b
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1143
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Main 12 causes of overheating
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1144
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1145
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors 2 supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation
- Cooling fan motor
- Component inspection
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Component description
- With gst
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1146
- Dtc p1225 tp sensor
- Removal and installation
- Hr with euro obd
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 1147
- Dtc p1225 tp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Ec 1148
- Dtc p1226 tp sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Component description
- With gst
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Hr with euro obd
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 1149
- Dtc p1226 tp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Follow the procedure with consult ii above
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 1150
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- With gst
- With consult ii
- When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- Turn ignition switch on 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 start engine and let it idle for 1 second 4 if dtc is detected go to ec 1155 diagnostic procedure
- This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10v at idle
- Wiring diagram
- Lhd models
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1151
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1152
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Rhd models
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1153
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1154
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1155
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1156
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1157
- With consult ii
- When the shift lever position is p or n a t neutral m t park neutral position pnp switch is on ecm detects the position because the continuity of the line the on signal exists
- Turn ignition switch on 2 select p n posi sw in data monitor mode with con sult ii then check the p n posi sw signal under the follow ing conditions
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- If ng go to ec 1163 diagnostic procedure if ok go to following step 3 select data monitor mode with consult ii 4 start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 5 maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive sec onds
- If 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 1163 diagnostic proce dure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1158
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Caution always drive vehicle at a safe speed note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test
- With gst
- Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park neutral position pnp switch circuit during this check a 1st trip dtc might not be confirmed
- Turn ignition switch on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 70 pnp switch signal and ground under the following conditions
- Overall function check
- If ng go to ec 1163 diagnostic procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1159
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1161
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Ec 1163
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check pnp switch circuit
- Turn ignition switch on 2 check voltage between ipdm e r terminal 31 and ground under following condition
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ok or ng
- Hr with euro obd
- Go to 2
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1164
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1165
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1166
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Brake switch signal is applied to the ecm through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed this signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving
- With gst
- With consult ii
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters in fail safe mode
- Turn ignition switch on 2 fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds 3 erase the dtc with consult ii 4 select data monitor mode with consult ii 5 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 1169 diagnostic proce dure
- The mi will not light up for this self diagnosis
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Follow the procedure with consult ii above
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 1167
- Dtc p1805 brake switch
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Description
- Dtc p1805 brake switch
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1169
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1170
- Dtc p1805 brake switch
- Turn ignition switch off 2 disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector 3 check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions
- Stop lamp switch
- If ng adjust stop lamp switch installation refer to br 6 brake pedal and perform step 3 again
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1171
- Dtc p1805 brake switch
- Component inspection
- Ec 1172
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2122 or p2123 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1150 dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1173
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1175
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1177
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1178
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1179
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Removal and installation
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1180
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Component inspection
- Accelerator pedal position sensor
- Accelerator pedal
- The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 1181
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1182
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Wiring diagram
- Lhd models
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1183
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1184
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Rhd models
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1185
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1186
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1187
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1188
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1189
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Removal and installation
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1190
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Component inspection
- Accelerator pedal position sensor
- Accelerator pedal
- Fail safe mode
- Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion
- Ec 1191
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2135 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1150 dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1192
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Wiring diagram
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1193
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1194
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1195
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Hr with euro obd
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 1196
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Component inspection
- Throttle position sensor
- Removal and installation
- This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2138 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1150 dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1197
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Hr with euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 1198
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- With gst
- With consult ii
- Wiring diagram
- Lhd models
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1199
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1200
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Rhd models
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1201
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1202
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1203
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1204
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1205
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Component inspection
- Accelerator pedal position sensor
- Accelerator pedal
- Removal and installation
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1206
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Go to 6
- Go to 5
- Go to 4
- Electrical load signal
- Ec 1207
- Diagnostic procedure
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Check load signal in data monitor mode with consult ii under the following conditions
- Check load signal circuit overall function ii
- Check load signal circuit overall funcition i
- Check heater fan sw in data monitor mode with con sult ii under the following conditions
- Check heater fan signal circuit overall function
- Turn ignition switch on 2 check load signal in data monitor mode with con sult ii under the following conditions
- Specification data are reference values
- Ok or ng
- Hr with euro obd
- Hr with euro obd
- Electrical load signal
- Ec 1208
- The fuel injector is a small precise solenoid valve when the ecm supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit the coil in the fuel injec tor is energized the energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold the amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura tion pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open the ecm controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs
- Specification data are reference values
- Hr with euro obd
- Fuel injector
- Ec 1209
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Ec 1211
- Diagnostic procedure
- Turn ignition switch to start is any cylinder ignited yes or no
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Inspection start
- Hr with euro obd
- Go to 3
- Fuel injector
- Hr with euro obd
- Fuel injector
- Ec 1212
- Hr with euro obd
- Fuel injector
- Ec 1213
- Hr with euro obd
- Fuel injector
- Ec 1214
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- The ecm activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine startability if the ecm receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor pos and cam shaft position sensor phase it knows that the engine is rotating and causes the pump to operate if the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is on the engine stalls the ecm stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging thereby improving safety the ecm does not directly drive the fuel pump it controls the on off fuel pump relay which in turn controls the fuel pump
- System description
- Specification data are reference values
- Hr with euro obd
- Fuel pump
- Ec 1215
- Description
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank
- Hr with euro obd
- Fuel pump
- Ec 1217
- Diagnostic procedure
- Ec 1218
- Hr with euro obd
- Fuel pump
- Hr with euro obd
- Fuel pump
- Ec 1219
- Removal and installation
- Hr with euro obd
- Fuel pump
- Ec 1220
- Component inspection
- Ignition signal
- Ignition coil power transistor
- Hr with euro obd
- Fuel injector 2
- Ec 1221
- Component description
- The ignition signal from the ecm is sent to and amplified by the power transistor the power transistor turns on and off the ignition coil 1 primary circuit this on off operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil secondary circuit
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ignition signal
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1223
- With consult ii 1 perform power balance in active test mode with consult ii 2 make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop ok or ng
- Turn ignition switch off and restart engine is engine running yes or no
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ignition signal
- Hr with euro obd
- Go to 4
- Go to 10
- Ec 1225
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check overall function
- Check engine start
- Ignition signal
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1226
- Ignition signal
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1227
- Ignition signal
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1228
- Ignition signal
- Ignition coil with power transistor
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1229
- Component inspection
- Ec 1230
- Condenser
- Removal and installation
- Ignition signal
- Ignition coil with power transistor
- Hr with euro obd
- Vehicle front
- The refrigerant pressure sensor 1 is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system the sensor uses an electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage the voltage signal is sent to ecm and ecm controls cooling fan system
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1231
- Component description
- Hr with euro obd
- Go to 2
- Ec 1233
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check refrigerant pressure sensor overall function
- Check ground connections
- Voltage 1 4 v
- Turn a c switch and blower fan switch off 2 stop engine 3 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection
- Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn a c switch and blower fan switch on 3 check voltage between ecm terminal 41 and ground with con sult ii or tester
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Ok or ng
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1234
- Removal and installation
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Hr with euro obd
- Ec 1235
- Ec 1237
- Calculated load value
- Service data and specifications sds
- Mass air flow sensor
- Knock sensor
- Intake air temperature sensor
- Idle speed and ignition timing
- Hr with euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
- Fuel pressure
- Engine coolant temperature sensor
- Hr with euro obd
- Fuel pump
- Fuel injector
- Ec 1238
- Crankshaft position sensor pos
- Camshaft position sensor phase
- Throttle control motor
- Service data and specifications sds
- Refer to ec 1054 component inspection
- Refer to ec 1048 component inspection
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
- Index for dtc
- If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 1347 dtc u1010 can communication
- If dtc u1000 or u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 1344 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1239
- Dtc no index
- Index for dtc
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1240
- Ec 1241
- Alphabetical index
- Index for dtc
- If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 1347 dtc u1010 can communication
- If dtc u1000 or u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 1344 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line
- Hr without euro obd
- Index for dtc
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1242
- Rhd models
- Precautions for supplemental restraint system srs air bag and seat belt pre tensioner
- Precautions for procedures without cowl top cover
- Precautions
- On board diagnostic obd system of engine
- Maintenance information
- Lhd models
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1243
- Precautions
- Precaution
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1244
- Precautions
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1245
- Precautions
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1246
- Precautions
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1247
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1248
- Special service tools
- Preparation
- Preparation
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1249
- Commercial service tools
- Multiport fuel injection mfi system
- Input output signal chart
- Hr without euro obd
- Hot engine operation
- Engine control system
- Ec 1251
- During warm up
- During high engine speed operation
- During deceleration
- During acceleration
- When starting the engine
- When shift lever is changed from n to d a t models
- Various fuel injection increase decrease compensation
- The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ecm the ecm controls the length of time the valve remains open injection pulse duration the amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ecm memory the program value is preset by engine operating conditions these conditions are determined by input signals for engine speed and intake air from the crankshaft position sensor pos camshaft position sensor phase and the mass air flow sensor
- System description
- Open loop control
- Mixture ratio self learning control
- Mixture ratio feedback control closed loop control
- Hr without euro obd
- Engine control system
- Ec 1252
- Ec 1253
- During warm up
- Two types of systems are used
- At starting
- System description
- At low battery voltage
- Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system
- At idle
- Sequential multiport fuel injection system
- Input output signal chart
- Hr without euro obd
- Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds
- Fuel shut off
- Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle in other words pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ecm the four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle this system is used when the engine is being started and or if the fail safe system cpu is operating
- Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order this system is used when the engine is running
- Fuel injection timing
- Firing order 1 3 4 2 the ignition timing is controlled by the ecm to maintain the best air fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine the ignition timing data is stored in the ecm the ecm receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor phase sig nal computing this information ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor during the following conditions the ignition timing is revised by the ecm according to the other data stored in the ecm
- Engine control system
- Electronic ignition ei system
- Ec 1254
- During acceleration the knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies the basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti knocking zone if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions the retard system does not operate under normal driving conditions if engine knocking occurs the knock sensor monitors the condition the signal is transmitted to the ecm the ecm retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition
- System description
- Input output signal chart
- If the engine speed is above 2 500 rpm under no load for example the shift lever position is neutral and engine speed is over 2 500 rpm fuel will be cut off after some time the exact time when the fuel is cut off var ies based on engine speed fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 2 000 rpm then fuel cut will be cancelled note this function is different from deceleration control listed under ec 1251 multiport fuel injection mfi sys tem
- Hr without euro obd
- Fuel cut control at no load and high engine speed
- Engine control system
- When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed
- When engine speed is excessively low
- When cranking the engine
- This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used under the following conditions the air conditioner is turned off
- System description
- Input output signal chart
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1255
- At high engine speeds
- Air conditioning cut control
- When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high
- When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed
- When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high
- System description
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1256
- Can communication
- The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system this reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the evap canister the fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the evap canister which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank the vapor in the evap canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ecm when the engine operates the flow rate of vapor controlled by evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating
- System description
- Hr without euro obd
- Evaporative emission system
- Ec 1257
- Description
- Evaporative emission system
- Evaporative emission line drawing
- Ec 1258
- Hr without euro obd
- Hr without euro obd
- Evaporative emission system
- Ec 1259
- Hr without euro obd
- Fuel tank vacuum relief valve built into fuel filler cap
- Evaporative emission system
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Evap canister
- Ec 1260
- Component inspection
- Nats nissan anti theft system
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1261
- Description
- Component inspection
- System description
- Positive crankcase ventilation
- Pcv positive crankcase ventilation valve
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1262
- Description
- Positive crankcase ventilation
- Pcv valve ventilation hose
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1263
- Check hoses and hose connections for leaks 2 disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air if any hose cannot be freed of obstructions replace
- Introduction
- Hr without euro obd
- Emission related diagnostic information items
- Emission related diagnostic information
- Ec 1264
- Two trip detection logic
- The trip in the two trip detection logic means a driving mode in which self diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation when there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm cannot warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction
- The malfunction indicator mi on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips two trip detection logic or when the ecm enters fail safe mode refer to ec 1291 fail safe chart
- The ecm has an on board diagnostic system which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua tors the ecm also records various emission related diagnostic information including
- The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below
- On board diagnostic obd system
- The 1st trip dtc whose number is the same as the dtc number is displayed for the latest self diagnostic result obtained if the ecm memory was cleared previously and the 1st trip dtc did not reoccur the 1st trip dtc will not be displayed if a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip the 1st trip dtc is stored in the ecm memory the mi will not light up two trip detection logic if the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip meeting the required
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1265
- Dtc and 1st trip dtc
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Hr without euro obd
- How to read dtc and 1st trip dtc
- Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data
- Ec 1266
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Hr without euro obd
- How to erase emission related diagnostic information how to erase dtc
- Ec 1267
- When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm cannot warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction
- The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions
- The mi is located on the instrument panel 1 the mi will light up when the ignition switch is turned on without the engine running this is a bulb check if the mi does not light up refer to di 32 warning lamps or see ec 1596 mi data link connectors 2 when the engine is started the mi should go off if the mi remains on the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction
- On board diagnostic system function
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Malfunction indicator mi
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1268
- Description
- How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results
- Ec 1269
- Diagnostic test mode i bulb check
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Mi flashing without dtc
- Hr without euro obd
- How to switch diagnostic test mode
- How to set diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results
- How to set diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Hr without euro obd
- How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results
- Ec 1270
- Diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results
- Diagnostic test mode i malfunction warning
- In this mode the mi displays the condition of the fuel mixture lean or rich which is monitored by the heated oxygen sensor 1
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1271
- Diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor
- To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function start engine in the diagnostic test mode ii and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge next run engine at about 2 000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load conditions then make sure that the mi comes on more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2 000 rpm under no load
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1272
- Basic service procedure
- Basic inspection
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1273
- Basic service procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1274
- Basic service procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1275
- Basic service procedure
- Basic service procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1276
- Without consult ii
- Method a
- Ignition timing
- Idle speed with consult ii
- Idle speed and ignition timing check
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1277
- Basic service procedure
- Method b
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1278
- Description
- Basic service procedure
- Accelerator pedal released position learning
- Operation procedure
- Throttle valve closed position learning
- Preparation
- Operation procedure with consult ii
- Operation procedure
- Idle air volume learning
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1279
- Description
- Basic service procedure
- Without consult ii
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1280
- Basic service procedure
- Diagnostic procedure
- Basic service procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Fuel pressure release with consult ii
- Fuel pressure check
- Ec 1281
- Without consult ii
- Hr without euro obd
- Fuel pressure check
- Ec 1282
- Basic service procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1283
- Basic service procedure
- Trouble diagnosis
- Introduction
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1284
- Trouble diagnosis introduction
- Work flow overall sequence
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1285
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1286
- Detailed flow
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1287
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1288
- Diagnostic worksheet description
- Worksheet sample
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1289
- Trouble diagnosis
- If some dtcs are displayed at the same time perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart note
- If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 1347 dtc u1010 can communication
- If dtc u1000 or u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 1344 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1290
- Dtc inspection priority chart
- When the dtc listed below is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Fail safe chart
- Ec 1291
- When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm cannot warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction
- Trouble diagnosis
- System basic engine control system
- Symptom matrix chart
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1292
- Trouble diagnosis
- System engine mechanical other
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1293
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1294
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1295
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Engine control component parts location
- Ec 1296
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1297
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1298
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1299
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1300
- Vacuum hose drawing
- Trouble diagnosis
- Refer to ec 1250 system diagram for vacuum control system
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1301
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1303
- Fasten b 3 connect a break out box sst and y cable adapter sst between the ecm and ecm harness connector
- Ecm terminals and reference value
- Ecm inspection table
- Ecm harness connector terminal layout
- Ecm 1 is located in the engine room left side near battery
- Ec 1304
- Disconnect ecm harness connector
- Data is for comparison and may not be exact
- When disconnecting ecm harness connector loosen a it with levers 1 as far as they will go as shown in the figure
- Vehicle front
- Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time
- Trouble diagnosis
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecms transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Preparation
- Hr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1305
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1306
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1307
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1308
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1309
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1310
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1311
- Function
- Engine control component parts control systems application
- Ec 1312
- Consult ii function engine
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Work support mode work item
- Trouble diagnosis
- Self diag results mode self diagnostic item
- Regarding items of dtc and 1st trip dtc refer to ec 1264 emission related diagnostic informa tion items
- Refer to gi 36 consult ii start procedure
- Inspection procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1313
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data
- Ec 1314
- Data monitor mode monitored item
- Ec 1315
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1316
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1317
- Data monitor spec mode monitored item
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1318
- Active test mode test item
- Real time diagnosis in data monitor mode recording vehicle data description
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1319
- Trouble diagnosis
- Trouble diagnosis
- Operation
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1320
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1321
- Hr without euro obd
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1322
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1323
- Ec 1324
- Clsd thl pos accel sen 1 thrtl sen 1
- Trouble diagnosis
- Major sensor reference graph in data monitor mode
- Hr without euro obd
- Eng speed mas a f se b1 thrtl sen 1 ho2s2 b1 inj pulse b1
- Trouble diagnosis
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1325
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Testing condition
- Inspection procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1326
- Description
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1327
- Diagnostic procedure
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Overall sequence
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1329
- Detailed procedure
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1330
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1331
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1332
- Ec 1333
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Hr without euro obd
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1334
- Trouble diagnosis specification value
- Select b fuel schdl in data monitor spec mode and then make sure that the indication is within the sp value ok or ng
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1335
- Detect malfunctioning part according to ec 1292 symptom matrix chart
- Check b fuel schdl
- Trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1336
- Diagnostic procedure
- Description
- Wiring diagram
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1337
- Turn ignition switch off and then on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 93 and ground with con sult ii or tester
- Start engine is engine running yes or no
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Ok or ng
- Inspection start
- Hr without euro obd
- Go to 3
- Go to 2
- Ec 1338
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ecm power supply circuit i
- Voltage battery voltage
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1339
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1340
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1341
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Hr without euro obd
- Ground inspection
- Ec 1342
- Ec 1343
- Clean as required to assure good contact
- Remove the ground bolt or screw
- Reinstall bolt or screw securely
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Inspect for add on accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit
- Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish dirt rust etc
- If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal check for proper crimps make sure all of the wires are clean securely fastened and providing a good ground path if multiple wires are cased in one eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation for detailed ground distribution information refer to pg 38 ground distribution
- Hr without euro obd
- Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 3 seconds 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 1346 diagnostic procedure
- The mi will not light up for these self diagnoses
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1344
- Dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Description
- Can controller area network is a serial communication line for real time application it is an on vehicle mul tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability many elec tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation not independent in can communication control units are connected with 2 communication lines can h line can l line allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring each control unit transmits receives data but selectively reads required data only
- Wiring diagram
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1345
- Dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1347
- Dtc u1010 can communication
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Description
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1348
- Dtc u1010 can communication
- Diagnostic procedure
- This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve the ecm receives signals such as crankshaft position camshaft position engine speed and engine coolant temperature then the ecm sends on off pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve depending on driving status this makes it possible to control the shut open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low mid speed range and output in high speed range
- System description
- Specification data are reference values
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1349
- Dtc p0011 ivt control
- Description
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- If dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is between 10v and 16v at idle
- Hr without euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ecm enters in fail safe mode when the malfunction is detected
- Ec 1350
- Dtc p0011 ivt control
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Caution always drive at a safe speed note
- With consult ii
- Turn ignition switch on and select data monitor mode with consult ii 2 start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera ture 3 maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive sec onds hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible
- The mi will not light up for this self diagnosis
- On board diagnosis logic
- Let engine idle for 10 seconds 5 if the 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 1352 diagnostic procedure if the 1st trip dtc is not detected go to next step 6 maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds
- If dtc p0011 is displayed with dtc p1111 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p1111 see ec 1425 dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve
- Without consult ii
- Overall function check
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1351
- Dtc p0011 ivt control
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1352
- Dtc p0011 ivt control
- Diagnostic procedure
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1353
- Dtc p0011 ivt control
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic
- The mass air flow sensor 1 is placed in the stream of intake air it measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow the mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount the heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it the more air the greater the heat loss therefore the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases the ecm detects the air flow by means of this current change
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 1354
- Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Without consult ii
- Procedure for dtc p0103 with consult ii
- Procedure for dtc p0102 with consult ii
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1355
- Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Inspection start
- Hr without euro obd
- Go to 3
- Ec 1357
- Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check the following for connection
- Check intake system
- Air duct
- Which malfunction p0102 or p0103 is duplicated p0102 or p0103
- Vacuum hoses
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Reconnect the parts
- Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold ok or ng
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1358
- Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor
- Mass air flow sensor with consult ii
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1359
- Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor
- Component inspection
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1360
- Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor
- Without consult ii
- Removal and installation
- Mass air flow sensor
- The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature the sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ecm the modified signal returns to the ecm as the engine coolant temperature input the sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature the electrical resistance of the ther mistor decreases as temperature increases
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ecm enters fail safe mode when the malfunction is detected
- Ec 1361
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Component description
- Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1362
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Wiring diagram
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1363
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1364
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Engine coolant temperature sensor
- Ec 1365
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Component inspection
- Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor
- Removal and installation
- Refer to em 173 cylinder head
- If ng replace engine coolant temperature sensor
- Hr without euro obd
- Engine coolant temperature sensor
- Ec 1366
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p0122 or p0123 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1471 dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion
- Ec 1367
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1368
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Wiring diagram
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1369
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1370
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1371
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Throttle position sensor
- Removal and installation
- Hr without euro obd
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 1372
- Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor
- Component inspection
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- To judge the malfunction the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high
- The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1373
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1374
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1375
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Wiring diagram
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1376
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1377
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1378
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Without consult ii
- Hr without euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii
- Ec 1379
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- Hr without euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1
- Ec 1380
- Dtc p0132 ho2s1
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1381
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is not input the ecm circuits will read a continuous approximately 0 v therefore for this diagnosis the time that output voltage is within 200 to 400 mv range is monitored and the diagnosis checks that this time is not inordinately long
- The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Overall function check
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1382
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Wiring diagram
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1383
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1384
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Hr without euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii
- Ec 1385
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Component inspection
- Without consult ii
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1386
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Removal and installation
- Refer to em 124 exhaust manifold
- Hr without euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1
- Ec 1387
- Dtc p0134 ho2s1
- Before installing new oxygen sensor clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner tool and approved anti seize lubricant
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving condition such as fuel cut
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1388
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1389
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1391
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Component inspection
- Hr without euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii
- Ec 1392
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- Without consult ii
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1393
- Dtc p0138 ho2s2
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion
- Ec 1395
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p0222 or p0223 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1471 dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Specification data are reference values
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1396
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Wiring diagram
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1397
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1398
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1399
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Throttle position sensor
- Removal and installation
- Hr without euro obd
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 1400
- Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor
- Component inspection
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1401
- Dtc p0327 p0328 ks
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Component description
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1403
- Dtc p0327 p0328 ks
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1404
- Dtc p0327 p0328 ks
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- Knock sensor
- The crankshaft position sensor pos is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth cogs of the signal plate at the end of the crankshaft it detects the fluctuation of the engine rev olution the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when the engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes the ecm receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1405
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1406
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Wiring diagram
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1407
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1408
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1409
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1410
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1411
- Removal and installation
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1412
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos
- Crankshaft position sensor pos
- Component inspection
- The camshaft position sensor phase senses the protrusion of camshaft int to identify a particular cylinder the camshaft position sensor phase senses the piston position when the crankshaft position sensor pos system becomes inoper ative the camshaft position sensor phase provides various con trols of engine parts instead utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc p0340 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1471 dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1413
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Component description
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1414
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Wiring diagram
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1415
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1416
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Does the engine turn over does the starter motor operate
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check starting system refer to sc 45 starting system
- Check starting system
- Yes or no
- Turn ignition switch to start position
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1417
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1418
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Component inspection
- Camshaft position sensor phase
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1419
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase
- Check resistance as shown in the figure
- Camshaft position sensor phase
- Visually check the sensor for chipping
- Removal and installation
- Refer to em 151 camshaft
- Without consult ii
- Procedure for malfunction a with consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 1420
- Dtc p0605 ecm
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Component description
- Procedure for malfunction b with consult ii
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1421
- Dtc p0605 ecm
- Without consult ii
- Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1422
- Dtc p0605 ecm
- Diagnostic procedure
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1423
- Dtc p1065 ecm
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Component description
- Dtc p1065 ecm
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1424
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1425
- Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1427
- Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1428
- Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve
- Removal and installation
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1429
- Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve
- Component inspection
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 1430
- Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Component description
- Procedure for malfunction a and b with consult ii
- Without consult ii
- Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1431
- Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator
- Diagnostic procedure
- Removal and installation
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1432
- Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 1433
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Description
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1435
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1436
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1437
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Throttle control motor
- Removal and installation
- Hr without euro obd
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 1438
- Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function
- Component inspection
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 1439
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Without consult ii
- Component description
- When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 1 seconds 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 if dtc is detected go to ec 1442 diagnostic procedure
- Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 1 second 2 turn ignition switch off wait at least 10 seconds and then turn on
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic
- Specification data are reference values
- Procedure for dtc p1124 with consult ii
- Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ecm via throttle control motor relay the throttle control motor relay is on off controlled by the ecm when the ignition switch is turned on the ecm sends an on signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ecm when the ignition switch is turned off the ecm sends an off signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not provided to the ecm
- On board diagnosis logic
- Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test
- Hr without euro obd
- With consult ii
- Procedure for dtc p1126
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1440
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Without consult ii
- Wiring diagram
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1441
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Voltage battery voltage
- Turn ignition switch off 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 15 and ground with con sult ii or tester
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ok or ng
- Hr without euro obd
- Go to 2
- Ec 1442
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check throttle control motor relay power supply circuit i
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1443
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1444
- Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 1445
- Dtc p1128 throttle control motor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Component description
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1447
- Dtc p1128 throttle control motor
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1448
- Dtc p1128 throttle control motor
- Removal and installation
- Hr without euro obd
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 1449
- Dtc p1128 throttle control motor
- Component inspection
- Throttle control motor
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1450
- Dtc p1212 tcs communication line
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Diagnostic procedure
- Description
- If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1000 or u1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 1344 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1451
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Cooling fan operation
- Cooling fan control
- The ecm controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed engine coolant temperature refrigerant pressure and air conditioner on signal the control system has 3 step control high low off models with a c or 2 step control on off models without a c
- System description
- Models with a c
- If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1010 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 1347 dtc u1010 can communication
- The ecm controls cooling fan relays in the ipdm e r through can communication line
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Models without a c
- If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions engine coolant temperature will rise when the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition a malfunction is indicated this self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1452
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Cooling fan relay operation
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Ec 1453
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- With consult ii
- Overall function check
- Hr without euro obd
- With gst models with air conditioner
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1454
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Models without air conditioner
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1455
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Models without air conditioner
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1457
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Diagnostic procedure
- Procedure for models with air conditioner
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1458
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1459
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Procedure a
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1460
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1461
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Ec 1462
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Procedure for models without air conditioner
- Hr without euro obd
- Procedure b
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1463
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1464
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Main 12 causes of overheating
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1465
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors 2 supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation
- Cooling fan motor
- Component inspection
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1466
- Dtc p1217 engine over temperature
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1467
- Dtc p1225 tp sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Component description
- Hr without euro obd
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 1468
- Dtc p1225 tp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Removal and installation
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1469
- Dtc p1226 tp sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Component description
- Removal and installation
- Hr without euro obd
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 1470
- Dtc p1226 tp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 1471
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1473
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1475
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1476
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1477
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1478
- Dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- On board diagnosis logic
- If ng go to ec 1483 diagnostic procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1479
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- When the shift lever position is p or n a t neutral m t park neutral position pnp switch is on ecm detects the position because the continuity of the line the on signal exists
- Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park neutral position pnp switch circuit during this check a 1st trip dtc might not be confirmed
- Turn ignition switch on 2 select p n posi sw in data monitor mode with con sult ii then check the p n posi sw signal under the follow ing conditions
- Turn ignition switch on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 70 pnp switch signal and ground under the following conditions
- Specification data are reference values
- Overall function check
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1481
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Ec 1483
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check pnp switch circuit
- Turn ignition switch on 2 check voltage between ipdm e r terminal 31 and ground under following condition
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ok or ng
- Hr without euro obd
- Go to 2
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1484
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1485
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1486
- Dtc p1706 pnp switch
- Description
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 1487
- Dtc p1805 brake switch
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1489
- Dtc p1805 brake switch
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1490
- Dtc p1805 brake switch
- Component inspection
- Turn ignition switch off 2 disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector 3 check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions
- Stop lamp switch
- If ng adjust stop lamp switch installation refer to br 6 brake pedal and perform step 3 again
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1491
- Dtc p1805 brake switch
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2122 or p2123 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1471 dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 1492
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1493
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1495
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1497
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1498
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1499
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Component inspection
- Accelerator pedal position sensor
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1500
- Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor
- Accelerator pedal
- Removal and installation
- When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic
- The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 1501
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1502
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Wiring diagram
- Lhd models
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1503
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1504
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Rhd models
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1505
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1506
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1507
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1508
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1509
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- Component inspection
- Accelerator pedal position sensor
- Accelerator pedal
- Removal and installation
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1510
- Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor
- When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up
- This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2135 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1471 dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion
- Ec 1511
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1512
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Wiring diagram
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1513
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Ok or ng
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1514
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1515
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Throttle position sensor
- Removal and installation
- Hr without euro obd
- Electric throttle control actuator
- Ec 1516
- Dtc p2135 tp sensor
- Component inspection
- Ec 1517
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2138 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1471 dtc p1229 sensor power supply
- The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Hr without euro obd
- Without consult ii
- With consult ii
- Hr without euro obd
- Fail safe mode
- Ec 1518
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Dtc confirmation procedure
- Lhd models
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1519
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Wiring diagram
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1520
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Rhd models
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1521
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1522
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Ec 1523
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1524
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1525
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1526
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1527
- Dtc p2138 app sensor
- Component inspection
- Accelerator pedal position sensor
- Accelerator pedal
- Removal and installation
- Specification data are reference values
- Ok or ng
- Hr without euro obd
- Go to 6
- Go to 5
- Go to 4
- Electrical load signal
- Ec 1528
- Diagnostic procedure
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Check load signal in data monitor mode with consult ii under the following conditions
- Check load signal circuit overall function ii
- Check load signal circuit overall funcition i
- Check heater fan sw in data monitor mode with con sult ii under the following conditions
- Check heater fan signal circuit overall function
- Turn ignition switch on 2 check load signal in data monitor mode with con sult ii under the following conditions
- Hr without euro obd
- Electrical load signal
- Ec 1529
- This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister the opening of the vapor by pass pas sage in the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats on off operation according to the signal sent from the ecm the opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control the optimum value stored in the ecm is determined by considering various engine conditions when the engine is operating the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister is regulated as the air flow changes
- The evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a on off duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canis ter the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by on off pulses from the ecm the longer the on pulse the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve
- System description
- Specification data are reference values
- Hr without euro obd
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Ec 1530
- Description
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Ec 1531
- Wiring diagram
- Hr without euro obd
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr without euro obd
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Ec 1532
- Hr without euro obd
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Ec 1533
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Ec 1534
- Hr without euro obd
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Ec 1535
- Without consult ii
- Removal and installation
- Refer to em 120 intake manifold
- Hr without euro obd
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve with consult ii
- Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve
- Ec 1536
- Component inspection
- Check air passage continuity of evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions
- The fuel injector is a small precise solenoid valve when the ecm supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit the coil in the fuel injec tor is energized the energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold the amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura tion pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open the ecm controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs
- Specification data are reference values
- Hr without euro obd
- Fuel injector
- Ec 1537
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Turn ignition switch to start is any cylinder ignited yes or no
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Inspection start
- Hr without euro obd
- Go to 3
- Fuel injector
- Ec 1539
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Fuel injector
- Ec 1540
- Hr without euro obd
- Fuel injector
- Ec 1541
- Ec 1542
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- Hr without euro obd
- Fuel injector
- The ecm activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine startability if the ecm receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor pos and cam shaft position sensor phase it knows that the engine is rotating and causes the pump to operate if the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is on the engine stalls the ecm stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging thereby improving safety the ecm does not directly drive the fuel pump it controls the on off fuel pump relay which in turn controls the fuel pump
- System description
- Specification data are reference values
- Hr without euro obd
- Fuel pump
- Ec 1543
- Description
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank
- Fuel pump
- Ec 1545
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Hr without euro obd
- Fuel pump
- Ec 1546
- Hr without euro obd
- Fuel pump
- Ec 1547
- Removal and installation
- Hr without euro obd
- Fuel pump
- Ec 1548
- Component inspection
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1549
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v
- Specification data are reference values
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1551
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1552
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1553
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1554
- Hr without euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii
- Ec 1555
- Component inspection
- Without consult ii
- Removal and installation
- Hr without euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 1
- Ec 1556
- The ecm performs on off duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine speed and engine coolant temperature the duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine is started
- System description
- Specification data are reference values
- Operation
- Hr without euro obd
- Ho2s1 heater
- Ec 1557
- Description
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Ho2s1 heater
- Ec 1559
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr without euro obd
- Hr without euro obd
- Ho2s1 heater
- Ec 1560
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Ho2s1 heater
- Ec 1561
- Removal and installation
- Hr without euro obd
- Ho2s1 heater
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
- Heated oxygen sensor 1
- Ec 1562
- Component inspection
- The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation
- Specification data are reference values
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1563
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- The voltage does not remain in the range of 0 0 v
- Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 start engine and keep the engine speed between 3 500 and 4 000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load 4 let engine idle for 1 minute 5 set voltmeter probes between ecm terminal 50 ho2s2 signal and ground 6 check the voltage while revving engine up to 4 000 rpm under no load at least 10 times depress and release the accelerator pedal as quickly as possi ble
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ok or ng
- Hr without euro obd
- Go to 2
- Ec 1565
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check overall function i
- Ec 1566
- Hr without euro obd
- Hr without euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii
- Ec 1567
- Component inspection
- Without consult ii
- Removal and installation
- Hr without euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 2
- Ec 1568
- Operation
- Hr without euro obd
- Ho2s2 heater
- Ec 1569
- Description
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- The ecm performs on off control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature
- System description
- Specification data are reference values
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Hr without euro obd
- Ho2s2 heater
- Ec 1571
- Hr without euro obd
- Ho2s2 heater
- Ec 1572
- Diagnostic procedure
- Hr without euro obd
- Ho2s2 heater
- Ec 1573
- Ec 1574
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- Hr without euro obd
- Ho2s2 heater
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
- Heated oxygen sensor 2
- The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor 1 the sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ecm the temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise
- Iat sensor
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1575
- Component description
- Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in damage to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Iat sensor
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1577
- Diagnostic procedure
- Ec 1578
- Iat sensor
- Hr without euro obd
- Removal and installation
- Refer to em 118 air cleaner and air duct
- Mass air flow sensor
- Intake air temperature sensor
- If ng replace mass air flow sensor with intake air temperature sensor
- Iat sensor
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1579
- Component inspection
- Check resistance between mass air flow sensor 1 terminals 5 and 6 under the following conditions
- Ignition coil power transistor
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1580
- Component description
- Ignition signal
- Wiring diagram
- Ignition signal
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1581
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ignition signal
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1582
- Ignition signal
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1583
- Ec 1584
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check overall function
- Check engine start
- With consult ii 1 perform power balance in active test mode with consult ii 2 make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop ok or ng
- Turn ignition switch off and restart engine is engine running yes or no
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ignition signal
- Hr without euro obd
- Go to 4
- Go to 10
- Ignition signal
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1585
- Ignition signal
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1586
- Ignition signal
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1587
- Ignition signal
- Ignition coil with power transistor
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1588
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- Ignition signal
- Ignition coil with power transistor
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1589
- Condenser
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1590
- Component description
- Ec 1591
- Wiring diagram
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Hr without euro obd
- Voltage 1 4 v
- Turn a c switch and blower fan switch off 2 stop engine 3 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection
- Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn a c switch and blower fan switch on 3 check voltage between ecm terminal 41 and ground with con sult ii or tester
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Ok or ng
- Hr without euro obd
- Go to 2
- Ec 1592
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check refrigerant pressure sensor overall function
- Check ground connections
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1593
- Removal and installation
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1594
- Hr without euro obd
- Ec 1595
- Diagnostic procedure
- Description
- Fuel pressure
- Engine coolant temperature sensor
- Ec 1597
- Crankshaft position sensor pos
- Camshaft position sensor phase
- Service data and specifications sds
- Refer to ec 1418 component inspection
- Refer to ec 1412 component inspection
- Mass air flow sensor
- Knock sensor
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
- Intake air temperature sensor
- Idle speed and ignition timing
- Hr without euro obd
- Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
- Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
- Service data and specifications sds
- Hr without euro obd
- Fuel pump
- Fuel injector
- Ec 1598
- Throttle control motor
- Index for dtc
- Ec 1599
- Dtc no index
- Index for dtc
- Ec 1600
- Index for dtc
- Ec 1601
- Alphabetical index
- Index for dtc
- Ec 1602
- Precautions
- On board diagnostic obd system of engine
- Maintenance information
- Lhd models
- Ec 1603
- Rhd models
- Precautions for supplemental restraint system srs air bag and seat belt pre tensioner
- Precautions for procedures without cowl top cover
- Precautions
- Ec 1604
- Precautions
- Ec 1605
- What are the sources of contamination
- Precautions
- Instructions to be followed before opening the fuel circuit
- Instructions to be followed before any work is carried out on the injec tion system
- Ec 1606
- Cleanliness instructions which must be followed when working on the high pressure direct injection system risks relating to contamination
- Cleanliness
- Instructions to be followed during the operation
- Ec 1607
- Precautions
- Precautions
- Instructions for fitting the plugs
- Ec 1608
- System diagram
- Engine control system
- Ec 1609
- Engine control system
- Ec 1610
- Vacuum hose drawing
- Refer to ec 1609 system diagram for vacuum control system
- Engine control system
- Ec 1611
- Fuel injection control
- Engine control system
- Ec 1612
- System overview
- Important
- Functions performed
- Engine control system
- Ec 1613
- Idling control
- Fuel rail pressure control
- Engine control system
- Ec 1614
- New pump housing fuel flow strategy pump fuel flow
- Measurement of the angular position
- Individual fuel injector correction
- Engine control system
- Egr volume control valve operation
- Ec 1615
- Air delivery calculation
- Variable low capacity vlc function
- Turbo control k9k 63kw engine
- Passenger compartment climate control
- K9k 50kw engine
- Idle speed control
- Function stored functions climate control management assistance
- Engine control system
- Ec 1616
- Cold loop climate control
- Speed adjustment when there is an accelerator pedal position sensor mal function
- Idle speed correction according to engine coolant temperature
- Idle speed adjustment when there is an fuel injector code malfunction
- Engine control system
- Ec 1617
- Correction of the idling speed according to the gear ratios
- Air conditioning control
- Thermal protection program
- Recovery of performance
- Recovery of output when the vehicle starts moving
- Fan motor control programming
- Engine starting program
- Engine overspeed timed protection program
- Engine control system
- Ec 1618
- Compressor operation programming
- Anti stall protection
- Pre postheating glow plug operating principle preheating at ignition switch on
- Pre postheating glow plug control
- Post heating with the engine running
- Engine control system
- Ec 1619
- During this phase the plugs are supplied continuously according to engine coolant temperature for idle speed without depressing the accelerator pedal
- Whatever the situation the preheating glow lamp cannot be lit for more than 10 seconds except in the event of an engine coolant temperature sensor malfunction 2 fixed preheating after the glow lamp goes out the plugs remain supplied for a fixed period of 5 seconds
- Variable preheating the time period for the glow lamp to light up and the feed to heater plugs depends on the engine coolant temperature and the battery voltage
- The pre postheating function is controlled by the glow control unit
- Removal
- Refitting
- Glow plugs
- Engine control system
- Ec 1620
- Cooling fan operation with the engine running
- Cooling fan control
- The engine coolant temperature warning light remains lit if the engine coolant temperature exceeds 114 c 237 f it goes out when the temperature falls below 111 c 232 f
- Operation of the engine coolant temperature warning light
- Engine control system
- Ec 1621
- B when there is a medium or high charge the pressure in the intake air duct exhausts the valve dia phragm the oil vapours are breathed in small quantities via a calibrated hole
- A when there is a low charge the vacuum in the intake air duct is below the spring set point the oil vapours are extensively rebreathed by the vacuum in the intake air duct
- To ensure the correct operation of the anti pollution system the oil vapour rebreathing circuit must be kept clean and in good condition
- Oil vapour rebreathing
- Exhaust gas recirculation egr
- Engine control system
- Ec 1622
- Circuit diagram
- Checking
- Purpose of the egr system
- Operating principle
- Operating conditions
- Engine control system
- Ec 1623
- System description
- Engine control system
- Ec 1624
- Can communication
- Water draining
- Injector adjustment value registration
- Fuel filter
- Ec 1625
- Description
- Basic service procedure
- Air bleeding
- Tightening the high pressure pipes
- Replacing ecm
- Rail pump pipe
- Rail injector pipes
- Ec 1626
- Checking sealing after repair
- Basic service procedure
- Also set the system configuration using configuration mode with consult ii
- After replacing ecm enter each injector adjustment value using work support mode with con sult ii
- Replacing fuel injectors
- Note injector adjustment value is a factory calibration carried out on each fuel injector to adjust the flow of each one precisely taking into account differences in manufacture the injector adjustment values are written on a label affixed to each fuel injector then entered in the ecm which can then control each fuel injector by taking account of their differences in manufacture the system can be programmed work support mode with consult ii the injector adjustment values 16 digit code must be replaced after replacing a fuel injector
- Entering each injector adjustment value when replacing the ecm
- Ec 1627
- Check the injector adjustment value using work support mode with consult ii
- Basic service procedure
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Obd light
- Introduction
- In the event of overheating it is up to the driver whether to stop the vehicle or not
- In the event of an engine malfunction the ecm may request the display of an engine warning light mi red
- How to erase dtc
- Engine warning light
- Engine coolant temperature light
- Ec 1628
- Dtcs causing mi to light
- With consult ii the dtc in the ecm can be erased by selecting erase in the self diag results mode with con sult ii
- This light is used as an indicator of engine overheating
- This lamp indicates that the pre heating has been activated
- The obd malfunction indicator mi yellow is used to alert the driver to the existence of engine control system malfunctions involving excessive pollution or if the eobd system is deactivated the ecm makes a request for lighting of the mi yellow only where there is a malfunction present at the end of three consecutive cycles the 3 second visual check upon powering up automatic test procedure controlled by the ipdm e r is per formed by the ecm in the event of a confirmed obd malfunction by lighting of the obd light no flashing of the light must be observed following the lighting test
- The ecm controls the display on the instrument panel of certain information relating to the operation of the engine four functions are involved here the obd malfunction indicator mi yellow for the eobd european on board diagnostics the pre post heating the engine coolant temperature and engine malfunction mi red these four functions are represented by four lights given out by the ecm
- Pre post heating lamp
- Uncoding procedure
- Replacing the ecm
- On board diagnostic obd system
- Nats nissan anti theft system
- Ec 1629
- Prerequisites for trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1630
- Documentation type
- Customer complaints trouble diagnosis
- Conformity check
- Trouble diagnosis introduction
- Trouble diagnosis
- Scope of this document
- Reminders trouble diagnosis
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1631
- Diagnostic procedure
- Wiring control
- Trouble diagnosis
- Safety instructions
- Risks relating to contamination
- Instructions to be followed before any work is carried out on the injection system
- Ec 1632
- Instructions to be followed before opening the fuel circuit
- Ecm replacement programming or reprogramming operation
- Ec 1633
- Trouble diagnosis
- Instructions to be followed during the operation
- Trouble diagnosis symptom
- Trouble diagnosis
- Note only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the consult ii
- Ec 1634
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1635
- Chart 1 no communication with the ecm
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1636
- Chart 2 the engine does not start
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1637
- Ec 1638
- Chart 3 the engine starts with difficulty or starts then stalls
- Trouble diagnosis
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1639
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1640
- Chart 4 starting difficult with warm engine
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1641
- Chart 5 rough idle speed pumping
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1642
- Chart 7 unexpected acceleration deceleration and engine overcharging
- Chart 6 idle speed too high too low
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1643
- Chart 8 response malfunction
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1644
- Chart 9 engine stop stalling
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1645
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1646
- Chart 10 engine jerking
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1647
- Chart 11 lack of power
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1648
- Chart 12 too much power
- Ec 1649
- Chart 13 excessive consumption
- Trouble diagnosis
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1650
- Chart 14 overspeed when lifting off accelerator or changing gear
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1651
- Chart 15 engine dies on pulling away
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1652
- Chart 16 engine backfires engine noise
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1653
- Chart 17 clanking engine noisy engine
- Ec 1654
- Chart 19 various mechanical noises
- Chart 18 squalling noise
- Trouble diagnosis
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1655
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1656
- Chart 20 exhaust odours
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1657
- Chart 22 blue white or black smoke
- Chart 21 diesel odours
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1658
- Chart 23 smoke blue black or white on accelerating
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1659
- Description
- Trouble diagnosis basic test procedure
- Trouble diagnosis
- Test 1 low pressure circuit check
- Ec 1660
- Trouble diagnosis
- Test 2 electrical circuit check
- Ec 1661
- Trouble diagnosis
- Test 3 fuel injector check
- Ec 1662
- Trouble diagnosis
- Test 5 air inlet circuit check
- Test 4 parameter check
- Ec 1663
- Test 6 ecm check
- Ec 1664
- Trouble diagnosis
- Test 7 high pressure system check
- Trouble diagnosis
- Test 9 fuel injector leak check
- Test 8 high pressure circuit leak check
- Ec 1665
- Trouble diagnosis
- Test 11 fuel filter check
- Test 10 fuel injector return flow in starting phase
- Ec 1666
- Yes or no
- Trouble diagnosis
- Pass a magnet beneath the container to collect only all the metal particles take the magnet away from the container do the particles collected using the magnet cover a surface area greater than 1 c
- Fuel filter correct
- Ec 1667
- Check metal particles
- Trouble diagnosis
- Engine control component parts location
- Ec 1668
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1669
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1670
- Wiring diagram ecm
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1671
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1672
- Ecm 1 is located in the engine room left side near battery 2
- Ec 1673
- Disconnect ecm harness connectors
- Data is for comparison and may not be exact
- When disconnecting ecm harness connectors loosen b it with levers 1 as far as they will go as shown in the figure
- Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time
- Trouble diagnosis
- Preparation
- Fasten a 3 connect a break out box sst and y cable adapter sst between the ecm and ecm harness connector
- Ecm terminals and reference value
- Ecm harness connector terminal layout
- Trouble diagnosis
- Remarks specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ecm inspection table
- Ec 1674
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1675
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1676
- Ec 1677
- Trouble diagnosis
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1678
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1679
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ecm status and parameters test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on
- Ec 1680
- Conformity check
- Trouble diagnosis
- Test condition engine at idle
- Ec 1681
- Trouble diagnosis
- Start subfunction test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on
- Ec 1682
- Ec 1683
- Trouble diagnosis
- Test condition engine at idle
- Protection subfunction test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on
- Trouble diagnosis
- Test condition engine at idle
- Sub system cold loop test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on
- Ec 1684
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1685
- Trouble diagnosis
- Test condition engine at idle
- Ec 1686
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1687
- Heating subfunction test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on
- Ec 1688
- Trouble diagnosis
- Test condition engine at idle
- Trouble diagnosis
- Test condition engine at idle
- Fuel circuit sub function test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on
- Ec 1689
- Trouble diagnosis
- Test condition engine at idle
- Pre heating ignition subfunction test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on
- Ec 1690
- Air circ subfunction turbocharging inlet test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on
- Trouble diagnosis
- Test condition engine at idle
- Engine cooling sub function test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on
- Ec 1691
- Antipollution obd subfunction test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on
- Trouble diagnosis
- Test condition engine at idle
- Ec 1692
- Driver parameters sub function test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on
- Trouble diagnosis
- Test condition engine at idle
- Ec 1693
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1694
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1695
- Trouble diagnosis
- Ec 1696
- Diagnostic procedure
- Description
- Trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident
- Ec 1697
- Voltage battery voltage
- Turn ignition switch on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 22 and ground with con sult ii or tester
- Start engine is engine running yes or no
- Remarks specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Ok or ng
- Inspection start
- Go to 3
- Go to 2
- Ec 1699
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ecm power supply circuit i
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Ec 1700
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Ec 1701
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Ec 1702
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Ground inspection
- Ec 1703
- Power supply and ground circuit
- Ec 1704
- Special notes
- On board diagnosis logic
- Malfunction indicator red lights up
- Ec 1705
- Dtc pc001 can communication line
- Description
- Can controller area network is a serial communication line for real time application it is an on vehicle mul tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability many elec tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation not independent in can communication control units are connected with 2 communication lines can h line can l line allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring each control unit transmits receives data but selectively reads required data only
- Go to lan 27 can communication unit
- Ec 1707
- Dtc pc001 can communication line
- Diagnostic procedure
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 1708
- Dtc p0016 ckp cmp correlation
- Diagnostic procedure
- Refer to ec 1697 trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident
- Inspection end
- Ec 1709
- Dtc p0016 ckp cmp correlation
- Check intermittent incident
- Ec 1710
- Dtc p0045 tc boost control sorenoid valve
- Description
- On board diagnosis logic
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 1711
- Dtc p0045 tc boost control sorenoid valve
- Specification data are reference valves and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may damage the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 1712
- Dtc p0045 tc boost control sorenoid valve
- Ec 1713
- Dtc p0045 tc boost control sorenoid valve
- Diagnostic procedure
- Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
- Ec 1714
- Dtc p0045 tc boost control sorenoid valve
- Component inspection
- Dtc p0070 iat sensor
- Component description
- The intake air temperature sensor 1 is built into mass air flow sen sor the sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ecm the temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 1715
- Ec 1717
- Dtc p0070 iat sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Removal and installation
- Mass air flow sensor
- Intake air temperature sensor
- Ec 1718
- Dtc p0070 iat sensor
- Component inspection
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 1719
- Dtc p0087 fuel system
- Diagnostic procedure
- Removal and installation
- Fuel pump
- Fuel injector
- Ec 1720
- Dtc p0087 fuel system
- Removal and installation
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fuel pump
- Ec 1721
- Dtc p0089 fuel pump
- Diagnostic procedure
- Ec 1722
- Dtc p0100 maf sensor
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present with engine running
- Component description
- The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air
- Specification data are reference values
- Special notes
- On board diagnosis logic
- Intake air temperature sensor 1
- If this dtc is present mass air flow sensor function will stop and egr voluime control valve is closed
- If dtc p0100 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply
- If dtc p0100 is displayed with dtc p0235 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0235 refer to ec 1763 dtc p0235 tc boost sensor
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 1723
- Dtc p0100 maf sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check that intake air duct is not obsstructed yes or no
- Check that air filter is not obsstructed yes or no
- Check intake air duct
- Check air filter
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Go to 3
- Go to 2
- Ec 1724
- Dtc p0100 maf sensor
- Ec 1725
- Dtc p0100 maf sensor
- Removal and installation
- Mass air flow sensor
- Ec 1726
- Dtc p0100 maf sensor
- Component inspection
- If this dtc is present cooling fan motor is activated at low speed for vehicles fitted with air conditioning
- Ec 1727
- Dtc p0115 ect sensor
- Description
- The engine coolant temperature sensor 1 is used to detect the engine coolant temperature the sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ecm the modified signal returns to the ecm as the engine coolant temperature input the sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature the electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases
- Special notes
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 1729
- Dtc p0115 ect sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Removal and installation
- Engine coolant temperature sensor
- Ec 1730
- Dtc p0115 ect sensor
- Component inspection
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 1731
- Dtc p0170 fuel injector adjustment value
- Diagnostic procedure
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- Fuel pump temperature sensor is built in the fuel pump the sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel pump and calibrates the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature
- Ec 1732
- Dtc p0180 fuel pump temperature sensor
- Description
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 1733
- Dtc p0180 fuel pump temperature sensor
- Ec 1734
- Dtc p0180 fuel pump temperature sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Fuel pump
- Ec 1735
- Dtc p0180 fuel pump temperature sensor
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- Fuel pump temperature sensor
- Specification data are reference values
- Special notes
- On board diagnosis logic
- Malfunction indicator red lights up
- If this dtc is present engine stops and is impossible to restarted
- If dtc p0190 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply
- Ec 1736
- Dtc p0190 frp sensor
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present after the engine started
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 1737
- Dtc p0190 frp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Ec 1738
- Dtc p0190 frp sensor
- Removal and installation
- Fuel rail pressure sensor
- Fuel rail
- Ec 1739
- Dtc p0190 frp sensor
- Component inspection
- Malfunction indicator red lights up
- If this dtc is present the engine stops
- If dtc p0200 is displayed with dtc p0201 p0202 p0203 p0204 first perform trouble diagnosis for other dtc refer to ec 1745 dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector
- Ec 1740
- Dtc p0200 fuel injector
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present with engine running
- Component description
- The fuel injector is a small precise solenoid valve when the ecm supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit the coil in the fuel injector is energized the energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder the amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura tion pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open the ecm controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs
- Specification data are reference values
- Special notes
- On board diagnosis logic
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 1741
- Dtc p0200 fuel injector
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 1742
- Dtc p0200 fuel injector
- Ec 1743
- Dtc p0200 fuel injector
- Diagnostic procedure
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present with engine running
- Component description
- The fuel injector is a small precise solenoid valve when the ecm supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit the coil in the fuel injector is energized the energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder the amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura tion pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open the ecm controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs
- Specification data are reference values
- Special notes
- On board diagnosis logic
- Malfunction indicator yellow lights up
- Malfunction indicator red lights up
- If this dtc is present the idle speed is stuck at 1 000 rpm with engine noise unstable engine speed reduced engine performance
- Ec 1745
- Dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector
- Make sure that which malfunction dtc second line indication is displayed
- Go to 5
- Ec 1747
- Dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check dtc
- A or b
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Turn ignition switch off 2 disconnect fuel injector 1 harness connector 3 disconnect ecm harness connector 4 check harness continuity between the following terminals corre sponding to the malfunctioning cylinder refer to wiring diagram
- Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors
- Ec 1748
- Dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector
- Continuity should exist
- Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder refer to wiring diagram
- Check fuel injector power supply for open and short circuit
- Check fuel injecor output signal circuit for open and short
- Also check harness for short to ground and short to power ok or ng
- Ec 1749
- Dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector
- Fuel injector
- Ec 1750
- Dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensors detect the accelera tor pedal position and sends a signal to the ecm the ecm uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected
- Specification data are reference values
- Special notes
- On board diagnosis logic
- If this dtc is present with dtc p2120 the engine speed is fixed at 1 800 rpm the engine performance is reduced and malfuction indicator red lights up
- If this dtc is present the engine speed is maintained above 1 000 rpm the engine performance is reduced and malfuction indicator red lights up
- If dtc p0225 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply
- Ec 1751
- Dtc p0225 app sensor
- Description
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 1753
- Dtc p0225 app sensor
- Body ground 1
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Priming pump 2 ok or ng
- Ec 1755
- Dtc p0225 app sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Chcek ground connections
- Ec 1756
- Dtc p0225 app sensor
- Ec 1757
- Dtc p0225 app sensor
- Component inspection
- Accelerator pedal position sensor
- Dtc p0225 app sensor
- Accelerator pedal
- Removal and installation
- Ec 1758
- To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump a plunger is built into the fuel pump when the amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure as a result the fuel injection pressure is raised when the load of the engine increases the ecm sends a signal to the fuel pump to raise the injection pressure
- Specification data are reference values
- Special notes
- On board diagnosis logic
- Malfuction indicator red lights up
- If this dtc is present the fuel pump is fully opened and the engine is stopped to prevent it from revving
- Ec 1759
- Dtc p0231 fuel pump
- Description
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Ec 1761
- Dtc p0231 fuel pump
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check fuel pump power supply circuit
- Voltage battery voltage
- Turn ignition switch off 2 disconnect fuel pump harness connector 3 turn ignition switch on 4 check voltage between fuel pump terminal 2 and ground with consult ii or tester
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ok or ng
- Go to 2
- Removal and installation
- Fuel pump
- Ec 1762
- Dtc p0231 fuel pump
- Component inspection
- Malfunction indicator red lights up
- If dtc p0235 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply
- Ec 1763
- Dtc p0235 tc boost sensor
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- The turbocharger boost sensor detects pressure in the exit side of the charge air cooler the sensor output voltage to the ecm increases as pressure increases
- Specification data are reference values
- Special notes
- On board diagnosis logic
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may damage the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Priming pump 2 ok or ng
- Ec 1765
- Dtc p0235 tc boost sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Body ground 1
- Ec 1766
- Dtc p0235 tc boost sensor
- Dtc p0235 tc boost sensor
- Turbocharger boost sensor
- Removal and installation
- Refer to em 247 charge air cooler
- Ec 1767
- Special notes
- On board diagnosis logic
- Malfuction indicator red lights up
- If this dtc is present the engine is maintained at 1 000 rpm and engine performance is reduced
- If dtc p0263 p0266 p0269 or p0272 is displayed with dtc p0201 p0202 p0203 or p0204 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p0201 p0202 p0203 or p00204 refer to ec 1745 dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector
- If dtc p0263 p0266 p0269 or p0272 is displayed with dtc p0089 first perform the trouble diag nosis for dtc p0089 refer to ec 1721 dtc p0089 fuel pump
- Ec 1768
- Dtc p0263 p0266 p0269 p0272 no 4 cylinder misfire
- Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present when the engine speed is at idle speed
- Ec 1769
- Dtc p0263 p0266 p0269 p0272 no 4 cylinder misfire
- Diagnostic procedure
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 1770
- Dtc p0325 knock sensor ks
- Component description
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 1771
- Dtc p0325 knock sensor ks
- Ec 1772
- Dtc p0325 knock sensor ks
- Diagnostic procedure
- Removal and installation
- Knock sensor
- Ec 1773
- Dtc p0325 knock sensor ks
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present with the engine cranking or idling
- The crankshaft position ckp sensor is located on the oil pan facing the gear teeth cogs of the signal plate the ecm receives the voltage signal from crankshaft position sensor and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution
- Specification data are reference values
- Special notes
- On board diagnosis logic
- If this dtc with 4 def 5 def is present the engine performance is reduced and malfunction indicator red will not light up
- If this dtc with 1 def 2 def 3 def 6 def is present the engine stops and malfunction indicator red lights up
- Ec 1774
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor
- Description
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 1775
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Body ground 1
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Priming pump 2 ok or ng
- Ec 1776
- Removal and installation
- Ec 1777
- Dtc p0335 ckp sensor
- Crankshaft position sensor
- Component inspection
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 1778
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor
- Description
- Ec 1779
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor
- Wiring diagram
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Priming pump 2 ok or ng
- Ec 1780
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Body ground 1
- Ec 1781
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor
- Ec 1782
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor
- Component inspection
- Camshaft position sensor
- Removal and installation
- Refer to em 272 timing belt
- Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected 2 start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 3 measure the voltage signal between ecm terminal 56 and ground with consult ii or tester under the followng conditions
- If ng replace camshaft position sensor
- Ec 1783
- Dtc p0340 cmp sensor
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 1784
- Dtc p0380 glow control unit
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 1785
- Dtc p0380 glow control unit
- Ec 1786
- Dtc p0380 glow control unit
- Diagnostic procedure
- Dtc p0380 glow control unit
- Ec 1787
- Special note
- On board diagnosis logic
- If this dtc with co is present continuous operation of the glow plugs permanently controlled with risk of being damaged and risk of damaging the engine
- If this dtc is present engine starting is difficult or impossible when cold
- Ec 1788
- Dtc p0382 glow control unit
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 1789
- Dtc p0382 glow control unit
- Ec 1790
- Dtc p0382 glow control unit
- Diagnostic procedure
- Dtc p0400 egr function
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present with engine running
- Specification data are reference values
- Special notes
- On board diagnosis logic
- Malfunction indicator yellow lights up
- Malfunction indicator red lights up
- If this dtc is present the engine will be unsteady with popssible stalling starting malfunctions or even impossible when cold
- Ec 1791
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 1793
- Dtc p0400 egr function
- Ec 1794
- Dtc p0400 egr function
- Diagnostic procedure
- Dtc p0403 egr volume control valve
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present with engine running at idle speed
- Specification data are reference values
- Special notes
- On board diagnosis logic
- Malfunction indicator yellow lights up
- Malfunction indicator red lights up
- If this dtc is present the engine is difficult to start or even impossible when cold
- Ec 1795
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 1797
- Dtc p0403 egr volume control valve
- Ec 1798
- Dtc p0403 egr volume control valve
- Diagnostic procedure
- Ec 1799
- Dtc p0403 egr volume control valve
- Component inspection
- Removal and installation
- Egr volume control valve control position sensor
- Egr volume control valve
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- If this dtc is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply
- Ec 1800
- Dtc p0409 egr volume control valve control position sensor
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 1801
- Dtc p0409 egr volume control valve control position sensor
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 1802
- Dtc p0409 egr volume control valve control position sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Ec 1803
- Dtc p0409 egr volume control valve control position sensor
- Removal and installation
- Egr volume control valve control position sensor
- Egr volume control valve
- Ec 1804
- Dtc p0409 egr volume control valve control position sensor
- Component inspection
- Specification data are reference values
- Special notes
- On board diagnosis logic
- Malfunction indicator yellow lights up
- If this dtc is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply
- Ec 1805
- Dtc p0487 egr volume control valve control position sensor
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 1807
- Dtc p0487 egr volume control valve control position sensor
- Ec 1808
- Dtc p0487 egr volume control valve control position sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Removal and installation
- Egr volume control valve control position sensor
- Egr volume control valve
- Ec 1809
- Dtc p0487 egr volume control valve control position sensor
- Component inspection
- Ec 1810
- Dtc p0500 vss
- Diagnostic procedure
- Description
- On board diagnosis logic
- The refrigerant pressure sensor 1 is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system the sensor uses an electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage the voltage signal is sent to ecm and ecm controls cooling fan system
- Specification data are reference values
- On board diagnosis logic
- If dtc p0530 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p0643 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply
- Ec 1811
- Dtc p0530 refrigerant pressure sensor
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Component description
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Priming pump 2 ok or ng
- Ec 1813
- Dtc p0530 refrigerant pressure sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Check ground connections
- Body ground 1
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 1814
- Dtc p0530 refrigerant pressure sensor
- Removal and installation
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Ec 1815
- Dtc p0530 refrigerant pressure sensor
- Special notes
- On board diagnosis logic
- Malfunction indicator red lights up
- Ec 1816
- Dtc p0560 battery voltage
- Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present when the engine is running at above 1 000 rpm
- Ec 1817
- Dtc p0560 battery voltage
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 1818
- Dtc p0560 battery voltage
- Diagnostic procedure
- Ec 1819
- Dtc p0560 battery voltage
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 1820
- Dtc p0571 brake switch
- Description
- Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present when the ignition switch is turned on when deceleratig or when the brake pedal is depressed
- Brake switch signal is applied to the ecm through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed this signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 1821
- Dtc p0571 brake switch
- Diagnostic procedure
- Ec 1822
- Dtc p0571 brake switch
- Ec 1823
- Dtc p0571 brake switch
- Stop lamp switch
- Ec 1824
- Dtc p0571 brake switch
- Component inspection
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 1825
- Dtc p0604 ecm
- Diagnostic procedure
- Description
- Dtc p0606 ecm
- Diagnostic procedure
- Description
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 1826
- Ec 1827
- Dtc p0606 ecm
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 1828
- Dtc p062f ecm
- Diagnostic procedure
- Description
- Ec 1829
- Dtc p062f ecm
- Malfuction indicator red lights up
- If this dtc is present the engine stops immediately and cannnot be restarted
- If dtc p0641 is displayed with dtc p0100 p0190 p0225 p0235 p0409 p0487 p0530 p0651 p2120 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641
- Ec 1830
- Dtc p0641 sensor power supply
- Special notes
- On board diagnosis logic
- Wiring diagram
- Lhd models
- Ec 1831
- Dtc p0641 sensor power supply
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 1832
- Dtc p0641 sensor power supply
- Rhd models
- Ec 1833
- Dtc p0641 sensor power supply
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 1834
- Dtc p0641 sensor power supply
- Diagnostic procedure
- Ec 1835
- Dtc p0641 sensor power supply
- Ec 1836
- Dtc p0641 sensor power supply
- The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensors detect the accelera tor pedal position and sends a signal to the ecm the ecm uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected
- Specification data are reference values
- Special notes
- On board diagnosis logic
- Malfunction indicator red lights up
- If this dtc is present the engine idle speed is set to 1 000 rpm the engine performance is reduced and
- If dtc p0651 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply
- Ec 1837
- Dtc p0651 app sensor
- Description
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Dtc p0651 app sensor
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 1839
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Priming pump 2 ok or ng
- Ec 1841
- Dtc p0651 app sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Chcek ground connections
- Body ground 1
- Ec 1842
- Dtc p0651 app sensor
- Dtc p0651 app sensor
- Component inspection
- Accelerator pedal position sensor
- Ec 1843
- Removal and installation
- Ec 1844
- Dtc p0651 app sensor
- Accelerator pedal
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 1845
- Dtc p0685 ecm relay
- Ec 1847
- Dtc p0685 ecm relay
- Diagnostic procedure
- Ec 1848
- Dtc p0685 ecm relay
- Ec 1849
- Dtc p0685 ecm relay
- Brake switch signal is applied to the ecm through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed this signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 1850
- Dtc p0703 brake switch
- Description
- Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present when the ignition switch is on when decelerating or when the brake pedal is depressed
- Wiring diagram
- Ec 1851
- Dtc p0703 brake switch
- Ec 1852
- Dtc p0703 brake switch
- Diagnostic procedure
- Ec 1853
- Dtc p0703 brake switch
- Ec 1854
- Dtc p0703 brake switch
- Component inspection
- Stop lamp switch
- The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensors detect the accelera tor pedal position and sends a signal to the ecm the ecm uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected
- Specification data are reference values
- Special notes
- On board diagnosis logic
- If this dtc is present with dtc p0225 the engine idle speed is fixed at 1 800 rpm and malfuction indi cator red lights up
- If this dtc is present the engine speed is maintained above 1 000 rpm and malfuction indicator red lights up
- If dtc p2120 is displayed with dtc p0651 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0651 refer to ec 1837 dtc p0651 app sensor
- If dtc p2120 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply
- Ec 1855
- Dtc p2120 app sensor
- Description
- Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Ec 1857
- Dtc p2120 app sensor
- Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection
- Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground
- Repair or replace ground connections
- Priming pump 2 ok or ng
- Ec 1859
- Dtc p2120 app sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Chcek ground connections
- Body ground 1
- Ec 1860
- Dtc p2120 app sensor
- Ec 1861
- Dtc p2120 app sensor
- Component inspection
- Accelerator pedal position sensor
- Accelerator pedal
- Removal and installation
- Ec 1862
- Dtc p2120 app sensor
- On board diagnosis logic
- Ec 1863
- Dtc p2226 baro sensor
- Diagnostic procedure
- Description
- The ecm controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed engine coolant temperature refrigerant pressure and air conditioner on signal the control system has 3 step control high low off
- System description
- Ec 1864
- Cooling fan
- Ec 1865
- Cooling fan operation
- Cooling fan
- Cooling fan
- Ec 1867
- Diagnostic procedure
- Ec 1868
- Cooling fan motor
- Cooling fan
- Component inspection
- Wiring diagram
- Mi data link connectors
- Ec 1869
- Service data and specifications sds
- Ec 1870
- Service data and specifications sds
- Ec 1871
Похожие устройства
-
Nissan Murano z50Руководство пользователя -
Nissan Murano z50Руководство пользователя ч2 -
Nissan Z50 (2002-2008)Руководство по эксплуатации -
Nissan NoteWIPER, WASHER _ HORN -
Nissan NoteROAD WHEELS _ TYRES -
Nissan NotePOWER SUPPLY, GROUND _ CIRCUIT ELEMENTS -
Nissan NoteSTARTING _ CHARGING SYSTEM -
Nissan NoteSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM _SRS_ -
Nissan NoteMAINTENANCE -
Nissan NoteMANUAL TRANSAXLE -
Nissan NoteSTEERING CONTROL SYSTEM -
Nissan NoteSEAT
Узнайте, как правильно заменить топливные инжекторы и настроить ЭБУ с помощью режима "WORK SUPPORT". Подробные инструкции и советы по калибровке.